Patent Publication Number: US-2022218332-A1

Title: Method for operating a surgical instrument

Description:
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS 
     This application is a continuation application claiming priority under 35 U.S.C. § 120 to U.S. patent application Ser. No. 16/432,319, entitled METHOD FOR OPERATING A SURGICAL INSTRUMENT, filed Jun. 5, 2019, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2019/0350582, which is a continuation application claiming priority under 35 U.S.C. § 120 to U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/131,963, titled METHOD FOR OPERATING A SURGICAL INSTRUMENT, filed Apr. 18, 2016, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0296173, the entire disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference herein. 
    
    
     BACKGROUND 
     The present invention relates to surgical instruments and, in various arrangements, to surgical stapling and cutting instruments and staple cartridges for use therewith that are designed to staple and cut tissue. 
    
    
     
       BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS 
       The features of the various aspects are set forth with particularity in the appended claims. The various aspects, however, both as to organization and methods of operation, together with advantages thereof, may best be understood by reference to the following description, taken in conjunction with the accompanying drawings as follows: 
         FIG. 1  is a perspective, disassembled view of an electromechanical surgical system including a surgical instrument, an adapter, and an end effector, according to the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 2  is a perspective view of the surgical instrument of  FIG. 1 , according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 3  is perspective, exploded view of the surgical instrument of  FIG. 1 , according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 4  is a perspective view of a battery of the surgical instrument of  FIG. 1 , according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 5  is a top, partially-disassembled view of the surgical instrument of  FIG. 1 , according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 6  is a front, perspective view of the surgical instrument of  FIG. 1  with the adapter separated therefrom, according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 7  is a side, cross-sectional view of the surgical instrument of  FIG. 1 , as taken through  7 - 7  of  FIG. 2 , according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 8  is a top, cross-sectional view of the surgical instrument of  FIG. 1 , as taken through  8 - 8  of  FIG. 2 , according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 9  is a perspective, exploded view of a end effector of  FIG. 1 , according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 10A  is a top view of a locking member, according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 10B  is a perspective view of the locking member of  FIG. 10A , according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 11  is a schematic diagram of the surgical instrument of  FIG. 1 , according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 12  is a perspective view, with parts separated, of an electromechanical surgical system, according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 13  is a rear, perspective view of a shaft assembly and a powered surgical instrument, of the electromechanical surgical system of  FIG. 12 , illustrating a connection therebetween, according to at least aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 14  is a perspective view, with parts separated, of the shaft assembly of  FIG. 13 , according to at least aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 15  is a perspective view, with parts separated of a transmission housing of the shaft assembly of  FIG. 13 , according to at least aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 16  is a perspective view of a first gear train system that is supported in the transmission housing of  FIG. 15 , according to at least aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 17  is a perspective view of a second gear train system that is supported in the transmission housing of  FIG. 15 , according to at least aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 18  is a perspective view of a third drive shaft that is supported in the transmission housing of  FIG. 15 , according to at least aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 19  is a perspective view of a surgical instrument, according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 19A  is a top view of the surgical instrument of  FIG. 19 , according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 20  is a circuit diagram of various components of the surgical instrument of  FIG. 20 , according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 21  is logic diagram including steps for responding to drivetrain failures of the surgical instrument of  FIG. 19 , according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 22  is a logic diagram of a safe mode of the surgical instrument of  FIG. 19 , according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 22A  is logic diagram including steps for responding to drivetrain failures of the surgical instrument of  FIG. 19 , according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 23  is graph outlining a motor modulation in the safe mode of  FIG. 22 , according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 23A  is graph outlining a motor modulation in the safe mode of  FIG. 22 , according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 24  is logic diagram including steps for responding to drivetrain failures of the surgical instrument of  FIG. 19 , according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 25  is a logic diagram of a bailout mode of the surgical instrument of  FIG. 19 , according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 26A  is a partial perspective view of a surgical instrument, according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 26B  is a perspective view of a power pack of the surgical instrument of  FIG. 26A , according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 27  is a logic diagram outlining a method of assessing the health of the power pack of  FIG. 26B  and responding to a detected drop in power-pack health, according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 28  is a logic diagram of a module of the surgical instrument of  FIG. 26A , according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 29  is a logic diagram of steps of the method of  FIG. 27 , according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 30  is a logic diagram of steps of the method of  FIG. 27 , according to least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 31  is a logic diagram of steps of the method of  FIG. 27 , according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 32  is a circuit diagram of a module of the surgical instrument of  FIG. 26A , according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 33  is a Wheatstone bridge circuit, according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 34  is an electronic control circuit coupled to a plurality of battery cells arranged in series, according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 35  is a logic diagram for assessing the health status of a power pack based on the sensor readings, according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 36  is a perspective view of a surgical instrument, according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 36A  is a top view of the surgical instrument of  FIG. 36 , according to at least aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 36B  is a partial exploded view of the surgical instrument of  FIG. 36 , according to at least aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 37  is a perspective view of a motor cartridge, according to at least aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 38  is a circuit diagram of various components of the surgical instrument of  FIG. 37 , according to at least aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 39  is a logic diagram outlining a method of monitoring the health of a motor cartridge, according to at least aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 40  is a logic diagram outlining a method that employs a current sensor to monitor the health of a motor cartridge, according to at least aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 41  is a logic diagram outlining a module of the surgical instrument of  FIG. 37 , according to at least aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 42  is a logic diagram outlining a module of the surgical instrument of  FIG. 37 , according to at least aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 43  is a perspective view of a surgical instrument, according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 44  is a circuit diagram of various components of the surgical instrument of  FIG. 43 , according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 45  is a circuit diagram including a microphone in communication with a plurality of filters coupled to a plurality of logic gates in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 46  is a graph of a microphone&#39;s output in volts versus time in seconds, the graph representing is a vibratory response of a properly functioning surgical instrument of  FIG. 43  recorded by the microphone during operation of the surgical instrument in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 46A  is a filtered signal of the microphone output of  FIG. 46  in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 47  is a graph of a microphone&#39;s output in volts versus time in seconds, the graph representing is a vibratory response of a malfunctioning surgical instrument of  FIG. 43  recorded by the microphone during operation of the surgical instrument in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 47A  is a filtered signal of the microphone output of  FIG. 47  in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 48  is a circuit diagram including a sensor of the surgical instrument of  FIG. 43  coupled to a plurality of filters in communication with a microcontroller via a multiplexer and an analogue to digital converter in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 48A  is a circuit diagram including a sensor of the surgical instrument of  FIG. 43  coupled to a plurality of filters in communication with a microcontroller via a multiplexer and an analogue to digital converter in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIGS. 48B-48D  illustrate structural and operational characteristics of a Band-pass filter of the surgical instrument of  FIG. 43  in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 49  is graph representing a filtered signal of a sensor output of the surgical instrument of  FIG. 43  in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 50  is a graph representing a processed signal of a sensor output of the surgical instrument of  FIG. 43  in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 51  is a graph representing the force needed to fire (FTF) the surgical instrument of  FIG. 43  in relation to a displacement position of a drive assembly of the surgical instrument from a starting position in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 52  is a graph representing the velocity of a drive assembly of the surgical instrument of  FIG. 43 , during a firing stroke, in relation to the displacement position of the drive assembly from a starting position in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 53  is a graph that represents acceptable limit modification based on zone of stroke location during a firing stroke of the surgical instrument of  FIG. 43  in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 54  is a graph that represents a processed signal of the output of a sensor of the surgical instrument of  FIG. 43  showing a shift in the frequency response of the processed signal due to load and velocity changes experienced by a drive assembly during a firing stroke in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 55  is a graph that represents a processed signal of vibrations captured by a sensor of the surgical instrument of  FIG. 43  during a zone of operation, the graph illustrating and acceptable limit, marginal limit, and critical limit for the zone of operation in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 56  is a logic diagram of the surgical instrument of  FIG. 43  in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 57  is a graph that represents a processed signal of vibrations captured by a sensor of the surgical instrument of  FIG. 43  in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 58  is a graph that represents a processed signal of vibrations captured by a sensor of the surgical instrument of  FIG. 43  in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 59  is a graph that represents a processed signal of vibrations captured by a sensor of the surgical instrument of  FIG. 43  in accordance with at least one aspect of the present disclosure; 
         FIG. 60  is a perspective view of a surgical instrument system in accordance with at least one embodiment; 
         FIG. 61  is a perspective view of a portion of a rotary driven firing assembly and a sled of a surgical staple cartridge wherein the sled is in a starting position and the firing assembly is in a first “unlocked” position according to at least one embodiment; 
         FIG. 62  is another perspective view of the portion of the rotary driven firing assembly embodiment of  FIG. 61  in a second “locked” position wherein the sled is not in the starting position; 
         FIG. 63  is a side elevational view of a surgical staple cartridge being initially installed in a surgical end effector that is configured to cut and staple tissue in accordance with at least one embodiment; 
         FIG. 64  is another side elevational view of the surgical staple cartridge seated in the channel of the surgical end effector of  FIG. 63  wherein the sled of the surgical staple cartridge is in a starting position and in engagement with the firing member of the surgical instrument; 
         FIG. 65  is another side elevational view of a partially used surgical staple cartridge seated in the channel of the surgical end effector of  FIG. 63  wherein the sled of the surgical staple cartridge is not in a starting position; 
         FIG. 66  is a perspective view of a portion of a rotary driven firing assembly and channel of a surgical cutting and stapling end effector wherein the firing assembly is in a “locked” position in accordance with at least one embodiment; 
         FIG. 67  is another perspective view of a portion of the rotary driven firing assembly of  FIG. 66  and a sled of a surgical staple cartridge wherein the sled is in a starting position and the firing assembly is in an “unlocked” position; 
         FIG. 68  is a perspective view of a threaded nut portion of in accordance with at least one embodiment; 
         FIG. 69  is a perspective view of the threaded nut portion of  FIG. 68  being installed into a corresponding channel embodiment shown in cross-section; 
         FIG. 70  is a cross-sectional elevational view of a channel and threaded nut portion of  FIG. 69  with the threaded nut portion in a locked position; 
         FIG. 71  is another cross-sectional elevational view of the channel and threaded nut portion of  FIGS. 69 and 70  with the nut portion in an unlocked position; 
         FIG. 72  is another cross-sectional elevational view of the channel and threaded nut portion of  FIGS. 69-71  with the threaded nut portion in a locked position and illustrating the initial installation of a sled of a surgical staple cartridge into the channel with the cartridge body omitted for clarity; 
         FIG. 73  is another cross-sectional elevational view of the channel, threaded nut portion and sled of  FIG. 72  with the sled installed so as to move the nut portion to the unlocked position; 
         FIG. 74  is a cross-sectional side elevational view of a surgical cutting and stapling end effector in accordance with at least one embodiment; 
         FIG. 75  is an exploded perspective assembly view of an anvil assembly of the surgical end effector of  FIG. 74 ; 
         FIG. 76  is a cross-sectional view of the anvil assembly of  FIG. 75 ; 
         FIG. 77  is a cross-sectional view of the surgical end effector of  FIG. 74  with a firing member assembly thereof in a locked position; 
         FIG. 78  is another cross-sectional view of the surgical end effector of  FIG. 77  taken at a proximal end thereof with the firing member assembly in an unlocked position; 
         FIG. 79  is another cross-sectional view of the surgical end effector of  FIG. 77  taken at a position that is distal to the view of  FIG. 78 ; 
         FIG. 80  is a perspective view of a surgical stapling instrument comprising a handle and a replaceable loading unit in accordance with at least one embodiment; 
         FIG. 81  is a perspective view of the loading unit of  FIG. 80  illustrated with a staple cartridge jaw detached from the loading unit; 
         FIG. 82  is a perspective view of a surgical stapling instrument comprising a handle and a replaceable loading unit in accordance with at least one embodiment; 
         FIG. 83  is a perspective view of the loading unit of  FIG. 82 ; 
         FIG. 84  illustrates the connection portions of the handle and loading unit of  FIG. 82 ; 
         FIG. 85  is a cross-sectional view of an end effector of the loading unit of  FIG. 80 ; 
         FIG. 86  is a detail view of the attachment between the staple cartridge jaw and a frame of the staple loading unit of  FIG. 80 ; 
         FIG. 87  is a cross-sectional view of an end effector of a loading unit in accordance with at least one embodiment; 
         FIG. 88  is a detail view of the attachment between a staple cartridge jaw and a frame of the loading unit of  FIG. 87 ; 
         FIG. 89  is a perspective view of the frame of the loading unit of  FIG. 87 ; 
         FIG. 90  is a detail view of the proximal end of the staple cartridge jaw of  FIG. 87 ; 
         FIG. 91  is a detail view illustrating the connection between the frame and the staple cartridge jaw of  FIG. 87 ; 
         FIG. 92  is an exploded view of a staple cartridge jaw in accordance with at least one embodiment; 
         FIG. 93  is a partial perspective view of a loading unit in accordance with at least one embodiment; 
         FIG. 94  is a partial elevational view of a frame of a loading unit in accordance with at least one embodiment illustrated without a staple cartridge jaw attached thereto; 
         FIG. 95  is a partial elevational view of a staple cartridge jaw attached to the frame of the loading unit of  FIG. 94 ; 
         FIG. 96  is a partial elevational view of the loading unit of  FIG. 94  illustrated in a clamped configuration; 
         FIG. 97  is a partial elevational view of the loading unit of  FIG. 94  illustrated in a partially-fired configuration; 
         FIG. 98  is a partial elevational view of a frame of a loading unit in accordance with at least one embodiment illustrated without a staple cartridge jaw attached thereto; 
         FIG. 99  is a partial elevational view of a staple cartridge jaw attached to the frame of the loading unit of  FIG. 98 ; 
         FIG. 100  is a partial elevational view of the loading unit of  FIG. 98  illustrated in a clamped configuration; 
         FIG. 101  is a partial elevational view of the loading unit of  FIG. 98  illustrated in a partially-fired configuration; 
         FIG. 102  is a partial perspective view of the loading unit of  FIG. 98  illustrated with a staple cartridge jaw attached to the frame; 
         FIG. 103  is a partial perspective view of a staple cartridge jaw being attached to a frame of a loading unit in accordance with at least one embodiment; 
         FIG. 104  is a partial elevational view of an attempt to attach the staple cartridge jaw of  FIG. 103  to a loading unit configured to receive a different staple cartridge jaw; 
         FIG. 105  is a partial elevational view of the staple cartridge jaw of  FIG. 103  attached to the frame of the loading unit of  FIG. 103 ; 
         FIG. 106  is a partial elevational view of a connection between a staple cartridge jaw and a frame of a loading unit in accordance with at least one embodiment; 
         FIG. 107  is a partial elevational view of the loading unit of  FIG. 106 ; 
         FIG. 108  is a partial elevational view of a staple cartridge jaw configured to be used with a different loading unit other than the loading unit of  FIG. 106  attached to the loading unit of  FIG. 106 ; 
         FIG. 109  is a partial elevational view of a surgical instrument system comprising a deflectable lockout arrangement illustrated in a locked configuration; 
         FIG. 110  is a partial elevational view of the surgical instrument system of  FIG. 109 , wherein the lockout arrangement is illustrated in an unlocked configuration; 
         FIG. 111  is a partial elevational view of a surgical instrument system comprising a magnetic lockout arrangement illustrated in a locked configuration; 
         FIG. 112  is a partial elevational view of the surgical instrument system of  FIG. 111 , wherein the magnetic lockout arrangement is illustrated in an unlocked configuration; 
         FIG. 113  is a partial elevational view of the surgical instrument system of  FIG. 111 , illustrated in a partially fired configuration; 
         FIG. 114  is a partial perspective view of a staple cartridge for a surgical instrument system, wherein the staple cartridge comprises a driver configured to control a lockout arrangement of the surgical instrument system; 
         FIG. 115  is a perspective view of a sled for use with the staple cartridge of  FIG. 114 ; 
         FIG. 116  is a perspective view of the false driver of the staple cartridge of  FIG. 114 ; 
         FIG. 117  is a partial elevational view of the surgical instrument system utilizing the staple cartridge of  FIG. 114 , wherein the surgical instrument system comprises a lockout arrangement configured to limit the movement of a firing member until a staple cartridge is loaded into the surgical instrument system; 
         FIG. 118  is a partial elevational view of the surgical instrument system of  FIG. 117 , wherein the lockout arrangement is illustrated in an unlocked configuration; 
         FIG. 119  is a partial elevational view of the surgical instrument system of  FIG. 117 , illustrated in a partially fired configuration; 
         FIG. 120  is a partial perspective view of a staple cartridge for use with a surgical instrument system, wherein the surgical instrument system comprises a lockout circuit comprising a severable member; 
         FIG. 121  is a cross-sectional plan view of the surgical instrument system of  FIG. 120 , wherein the surgical instrument system further comprises an electromagnet and a lockout member, wherein the lockout member is illustrated in an unlocked position, and wherein the lockout circuit is in a closed configuration; 
         FIG. 122  is a cross-sectional plan view of the surgical instrument system of  FIG. 120 , wherein the lockout member is illustrated in a locked position, and wherein the lockout circuit is in an open configuration; 
         FIG. 123  is a perspective view of a surgical instrument system, wherein the surgical instrument system comprises a circuit lockout arrangement comprising electrical contacts positioned on a sled for use with a staple cartridge; 
         FIG. 124  is a partial elevational view of the surgical instrument system of  FIG. 123 ; 
         FIG. 125  is a partial cross-sectional view of a firing member lockout illustrating the firing member lockout in a locked configuration; 
         FIG. 126  is a cross-sectional view of the firing member lockout of  FIG. 125  taken along line  126 - 126  in  FIG. 125 ; 
         FIG. 127  is a partial cross-sectional view of the firing member lockout of  FIG. 125  illustrating the firing member lockout in an unlocked configuration; 
         FIG. 128  is a cross-sectional view of the firing member lockout of  FIG. 125  taken along line  128 - 128  in  FIG. 127 ; 
         FIG. 129  is a cross-sectional plan view of the firing member lockout of  FIG. 125  taken along line  129 - 129  in  FIG. 127 ; 
         FIG. 130  is a partial elevational view of a stapling assembly comprising an unspent staple cartridge in accordance with at least one embodiment; 
         FIG. 131  is a partial plan view of the stapling assembly of  FIG. 130 ; 
         FIG. 132  is a partial elevational view of the stapling assembly of  FIG. 130  illustrated in a spent condition; 
         FIG. 133  is a partial plan view of the stapling assembly of  FIG. 130  illustrated in the condition of  FIG. 132 ; 
         FIG. 134  is a partial perspective view of a stapling assembly comprising an unspent staple cartridge in accordance with at least one embodiment; 
         FIG. 135  is a partial perspective view of the stapling assembly of  FIG. 134  illustrated in a spent condition; 
         FIG. 136  is a partial perspective view of a stapling assembly illustrated with components removed for the purpose of illustration; 
         FIG. 137  illustrates a pin of the stapling assembly of  FIG. 136  configured to affect a detection circuit of the stapling assembly; 
         FIG. 138  is a partial perspective view of certain components of the stapling assembly of  FIG. 136 ; 
         FIG. 139  is a partial perspective view of a shaft housing of the stapling assembly of  FIG. 136 ; 
         FIG. 140  is a partial plan view of a staple cartridge in accordance with at least one embodiment; 
         FIG. 140A  illustrates a firing force profile that is experienced when firing a staple cartridge in at least one embodiment; 
         FIG. 141  is a partial cross-sectional view of a stapling assembly comprising a lockout in accordance with at least one embodiment; 
         FIG. 142  is a partial cross-sectional view of the stapling assembly of  FIG. 141  illustrated in a locked out configuration; 
         FIG. 143  is a partial cross-sectional view of a stapling assembly comprising a lockout in accordance with at least one embodiment; 
         FIG. 144  is a partial cross-sectional view of a stapling assembly comprising a lockout in accordance with at least one embodiment; 
         FIG. 145  is a partial cross-sectional view of a stapling assembly comprising a brake in accordance with at least one embodiment; 
         FIG. 146  is a partial cross-sectional view of a stapling assembly comprising a damping system in accordance with at least one embodiment; 
         FIG. 147  is a schematic illustrating a stapling assembly comprising an electromagnetic brake in accordance with at least one embodiment; 
         FIG. 148  is a partial cross-sectional view of a stapling assembly comprising a damping system in accordance with at least one embodiment; 
         FIG. 149  is an electrical circuit configured to detect the position and progression of a staple firing member illustrating the staple firing member in a fully fired position; 
         FIG. 150  illustrates the staple firing member of  FIG. 149  in a fully retracted position; 
         FIG. 151  is a cross-sectional view of a stapling assembly comprising a lockout in accordance with at least one embodiment illustrated in an unlocked configuration; 
         FIG. 152  is a cross-sectional end view of the stapling assembly of  FIG. 151  illustrated in its unlocked configuration; 
         FIG. 153  is a cross-sectional view of the stapling assembly of  FIG. 151  illustrated in a locked configuration; and 
         FIG. 154  is a cross-sectional end view of the stapling assembly of  FIG. 151  illustrated in its locked configuration. 
     
    
    
     DESCRIPTION 
     The Applicant of the present application owns the following U.S. patent applications that were filed on Apr. 18, 2016 and which are each herein incorporated by reference in their respective entireties:
         U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/131,311, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT COMPRISING A LOCKOUT, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0296172;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/131,304, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT COMPRISING A PRIMARY FIRING LOCKOUT AND A SECONDARY FIRING LOCKOUT, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0296171;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/131,282, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT SYSTEM COMPRISING A MAGNETIC LOCKOUT, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0296190;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/131,289, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT COMPRISING A REPLACEABLE CARTRIDGE JAW, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0296191; and   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/131,295, entitled CARTRIDGE LOCKOUT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ROTARY POWERED SURGICAL CUTTING AND STAPLING INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0296170.       

     Applicant of the present application owns the following patent applications that were filed on Apr. 15, 2016 and which are each herein incorporated by reference in their respective entireties:
         U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/130,575, entitled STAPLE FORMATION DETECTION MECHANISMS, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0296189;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/130,582, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH DETECTION SENSORS, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0296178;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/130,588, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH IMPROVED STOP/START CONTROL DURING A FIRING MOTION, now U.S.       

     Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0296179;
         U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/130,595, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH ADJUSTABLE STOP/START CONTROL DURING A FIRING MOTION, now U.S.       

     Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0296180;
         U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/130,566, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH MULTIPLE PROGRAM RESPONSES DURING A FIRING MOTION, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0296177;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/130,571, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH MULTIPLE PROGRAM RESPONSES DURING A FIRING MOTION, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0296183;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/130,581, entitled MODULAR SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH CONFIGURABLE OPERATING MODE, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0296184;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/130,590, entitled SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CONTROLLING A SURGICAL STAPLING AND CUTTING INSTRUMENT, now U.S.       

     Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0296213; and
         U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/130,596, entitled SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CONTROLLING A SURGICAL STAPLING AND CUTTING INSTRUMENT, now U.S.       

     Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0296169. 
     The Applicant of the present application owns the following U.S. patent applications that were filed on Apr. 1, 2016 and which are each herein incorporated by reference in their respective entireties:
         U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/089,325, entitled METHOD FOR OPERATING A SURGICAL STAPLING SYSTEM, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0281171;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/089,321, entitled MODULAR SURGICAL STAPLING SYSTEM COMPRISING A DISPLAY, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,271,851;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/089,326, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING SYSTEM COMPRISING A DISPLAY INCLUDING A RE-ORIENTABLE DISPLAY FIELD, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0281172;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/089,263, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT HANDLE ASSEMBLY WITH RECONFIGURABLE GRIP PORTION, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,307,159;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/089,262, entitled ROTARY POWERED SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH MANUALLY ACTUATABLE BAILOUT SYSTEM, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0281161;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/089,277, entitled SURGICAL CUTTING AND STAPLING END EFFECTOR WITH ANVIL CONCENTRIC DRIVE MEMBER, now U.S.       

     Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0281166;
         U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/089,283, entitled CLOSURE SYSTEM ARRANGEMENTS FOR SURGICAL CUTTING AND STAPLING DEVICES WITH SEPARATE AND DISTINCT FIRING SHAFTS, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0281167;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/089,296, entitled INTERCHANGEABLE SURGICAL TOOL ASSEMBLY WITH A SURGICAL END EFFECTOR THAT IS SELECTIVELY ROTATABLE ABOUT A SHAFT AXIS, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0281168;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/089,258, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING SYSTEM COMPRISING A SHIFTABLE TRANSMISSION, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0281178;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/089,278, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING SYSTEM CONFIGURED TO PROVIDE SELECTIVE CUTTING OF TISSUE, now U.S.       

     Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0281162;
         U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/089,284, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING SYSTEM COMPRISING A CONTOURABLE SHAFT, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0281186;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/089,295, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING SYSTEM COMPRISING A TISSUE COMPRESSION LOCKOUT, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0281187;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/089,300, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING SYSTEM COMPRISING AN UNCLAMPING LOCKOUT, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0281179;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/089,196 entitled SURGICAL STAPLING SYSTEM COMPRISING A JAW CLOSURE LOCKOUT, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0281183;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/089,203, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING SYSTEM COMPRISING A JAW ATTACHMENT LOCKOUT, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0281184;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/089,210, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING SYSTEM COMPRISING A SPENT CARTRIDGE LOCKOUT, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0281185;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/089,324, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT COMPRISING A SHIFTING MECHANISM, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0281170;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/089,335, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENT COMPRISING MULTIPLE LOCKOUTS, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0281155;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/089,339, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENT, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0281173;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/089,253, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING SYSTEM CONFIGURED TO APPLY ANNULAR ROWS OF STAPLES HAVING DIFFERENT HEIGHTS, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0281177;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/089,304, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING SYSTEM COMPRISING A GROOVED FORMING POCKET, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,285,705;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/089,331, entitled ANVIL MODIFICATION MEMBERS FOR SURGICAL STAPLERS, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0281180;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/089,336, entitled STAPLE CARTRIDGES WITH ATRAUMATIC FEATURES, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0281164;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/089,312, entitled CIRCULAR STAPLING SYSTEM COMPRISING AN INCISABLE TISSUE SUPPORT, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0281189;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/089,309, entitled CIRCULAR STAPLING SYSTEM COMPRISING ROTARY FIRING SYSTEM, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0281169; and   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/089,349, entitled CIRCULAR STAPLING SYSTEM COMPRISING LOAD CONTROL, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0281174.       

     The Applicant of the present application also owns the U.S. patent applications identified below which were filed on Dec. 31, 2015 which are each herein incorporated by reference in their respective entirety:
         U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/984,488, entitled MECHANISMS FOR COMPENSATING FOR BATTERY PACK FAILURE IN POWERED SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,292,704;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/984,525, entitled MECHANISMS FOR COMPENSATING FOR DRIVETRAIN FAILURE IN POWERED SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0189019; and   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/984,552, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH SEPARABLE MOTORS AND MOTOR CONTROL CIRCUITS, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,265,068.       

     The Applicant of the present application also owns the U.S. patent applications identified below which were filed on Feb. 9, 2016 which are each herein incorporated by reference in their respective entirety:
         U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/019,220, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH ARTICULATING AND AXIALLY TRANSLATABLE END EFFECTOR, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,245,029;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/019,228, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH MULTIPLE LINK ARTICULATION ARRANGEMENTS, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0224342;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/019,196, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT ARTICULATION MECHANISM WITH SLOTTED SECONDARY CONSTRAINT, now U.S.       

     Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0224330;
         U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/019,206, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH AN END EFFECTOR THAT IS HIGHLY ARTICULATABLE RELATIVE TO AN ELONGATE SHAFT ASSEMBLY, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0224331;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/019,215, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH NON-SYMMETRICAL ARTICULATION ARRANGEMENTS, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0224332;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/019,227, entitled ARTICULATABLE SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH SINGLE ARTICULATION LINK ARRANGEMENTS, now U.S.       

     Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0224334;
         U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/019,235, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH TENSIONING ARRANGEMENTS FOR CABLE DRIVEN ARTICULATION SYSTEMS, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,245,030;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/019,230, entitled ARTICULATABLE SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-AXIS FIRING BEAM ARRANGEMENTS, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0224335; and   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/019,245, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH CLOSURE STROKE REDUCTION ARRANGEMENTS, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0224343.       

     The Applicant of the present application also owns the U.S. patent applications identified below which were filed on Feb. 12, 2016 which are each herein incorporated by reference in their respective entirety:
         U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/043,254, entitled MECHANISMS FOR COMPENSATING FOR DRIVETRAIN FAILURE IN POWERED SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,258,331;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/043,259, entitled MECHANISMS FOR COMPENSATING FOR DRIVETRAIN FAILURE IN POWERED SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0231626;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/043,275, entitled MECHANISMS FOR COMPENSATING FOR DRIVETRAIN FAILURE IN POWERED SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0231627; and   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 15/043,289, entitled MECHANISMS FOR COMPENSATING FOR DRIVETRAIN FAILURE IN POWERED SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0231628.       

     Applicant of the present application owns the following patent applications that were filed on Jun. 18, 2015 and which are each herein incorporated by reference in their respective entireties:
         U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/742,925, entitled SURGICAL END EFFECTORS WITH POSITIVE JAW OPENING ARRANGEMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,182,818;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/742,941, entitled SURGICAL END EFFECTORS WITH DUAL CAM ACTUATED JAW CLOSING FEATURES, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,052,102;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/742,914, entitled MOVABLE FIRING BEAM SUPPORT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ARTICULATABLE SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0367255;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/742,900, entitled ARTICULATABLE SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH COMPOSITE FIRING BEAM STRUCTURES WITH CENTER FIRING SUPPORT MEMBER FOR ARTICULATION SUPPORT, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0367254;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/742,885, entitled DUAL ARTICULATION DRIVE SYSTEM ARRANGEMENTS FOR ARTICULATABLE SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0367246; and   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/742,876, entitled PUSH/PULL ARTICULATION DRIVE SYSTEMS FOR ARTICULATABLE SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,178,992.       

     Applicant of the present application owns the following patent applications that were filed on Mar. 6, 2015 and which are each herein incorporated by reference in their respective entireties:
         U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/640,746, entitled POWERED SURGICAL INSTRUMENT, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,808,246;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/640,795, entitled MULTIPLE LEVEL THRESHOLDS TO MODIFY OPERATION OF POWERED SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0256185;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/640,832, entitled ADAPTIVE TISSUE COMPRESSION TECHNIQUES TO ADJUST CLOSURE RATES FOR MULTIPLE TISSUE TYPES, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0256154;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/640,935, entitled OVERLAID MULTI SENSOR RADIO FREQUENCY (RF) ELECTRODE SYSTEM TO MEASURE TISSUE COMPRESSION, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0256071;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/640,831, entitled MONITORING SPEED CONTROL AND PRECISION INCREMENTING OF MOTOR FOR POWERED SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,895,148;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/640,859, entitled TIME DEPENDENT EVALUATION OF SENSOR DATA TO DETERMINE STABILITY, CREEP, AND VISCOELASTIC ELEMENTS OF MEASURES, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,052,044;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/640,817, entitled INTERACTIVE FEEDBACK SYSTEM FOR POWERED SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,924,961;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/640,844, entitled CONTROL TECHNIQUES AND SUB-PROCESSOR CONTAINED WITHIN MODULAR SHAFT WITH SELECT CONTROL PROCESSING FROM HANDLE, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,045,776;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/640,837, entitled SMART SENSORS WITH LOCAL SIGNAL PROCESSING, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,993,248;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/640,765, entitled SYSTEM FOR DETECTING THE MIS-INSERTION OF A STAPLE CARTRIDGE INTO A SURGICAL STAPLER, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0256160;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/640,799, entitled SIGNAL AND POWER COMMUNICATION SYSTEM POSITIONED ON A ROTATABLE SHAFT, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,901,342; and   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/640,780, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT COMPRISING A LOCKABLE BATTERY HOUSING, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,245,033.       

     Applicant of the present application owns the following patent applications that were filed on Feb. 27, 2015, and which are each herein incorporated by reference in their respective entireties:
         U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/633,576, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT SYSTEM COMPRISING AN INSPECTION STATION, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,045,779;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/633,546, entitled SURGICAL APPARATUS CONFIGURED TO ASSESS WHETHER A PERFORMANCE PARAMETER OF THE SURGICAL APPARATUS IS WITHIN AN ACCEPTABLE PERFORMANCE BAND, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,180,463;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/633,560, entitled SURGICAL CHARGING SYSTEM THAT CHARGES AND/OR CONDITIONS ONE OR MORE BATTERIES, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0249910;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/633,566, entitled CHARGING SYSTEM THAT ENABLES EMERGENCY RESOLUTIONS FOR CHARGING A BATTERY, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,182,816;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/633,555, entitled SYSTEM FOR MONITORING WHETHER A SURGICAL INSTRUMENT NEEDS TO BE SERVICED, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0249916;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/633,542, entitled REINFORCED BATTERY FOR A SURGICAL INSTRUMENT, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,931,118;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/633,548, entitled POWER ADAPTER FOR A SURGICAL INSTRUMENT, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,245,028;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/633,526, entitled ADAPTABLE SURGICAL INSTRUMENT HANDLE, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,993,258;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/633,541, entitled MODULAR STAPLING ASSEMBLY, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,226,250; and   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/633,562, entitled SURGICAL APPARATUS CONFIGURED TO TRACK AN END-OF-LIFE PARAMETER, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,159,483.       

     Applicant of the present application owns the following patent applications that were filed on Dec. 18, 2014 and which are each herein incorporated by reference in their respective entireties:
         U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/574,478, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT SYSTEMS COMPRISING AN ARTICULATABLE END EFFECTOR AND MEANS FOR ADJUSTING THE FIRING STROKE OF A FIRING, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,844,374;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/574,483, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT ASSEMBLY COMPRISING LOCKABLE SYSTEMS, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,188,385;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/575,139, entitled DRIVE ARRANGEMENTS FOR ARTICULATABLE SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,844,375;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/575,148, entitled LOCKING ARRANGEMENTS FOR DETACHABLE SHAFT ASSEMBLIES WITH ARTICULATABLE SURGICAL END EFFECTORS, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,085,748;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/575,130, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH AN ANVIL THAT IS SELECTIVELY MOVABLE ABOUT A DISCRETE NON-MOVABLE AXIS RELATIVE TO A STAPLE CARTRIDGE, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,245,027;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/575,143, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH IMPROVED CLOSURE ARRANGEMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,004,501;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/575,117, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH ARTICULATABLE END EFFECTORS AND MOVABLE FIRING BEAM SUPPORT ARRANGEMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,943,309;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/575,154, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH ARTICULATABLE END EFFECTORS AND IMPROVED FIRING BEAM SUPPORT ARRANGEMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,968,355;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/574,493, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT ASSEMBLY COMPRISING A FLEXIBLE ARTICULATION SYSTEM, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,987,000; and   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/574,500, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT ASSEMBLY COMPRISING A LOCKABLE ARTICULATION SYSTEM, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,117,649.       

     Applicant of the present application owns the following patent applications that were filed on Mar. 1, 2013 and which are each herein incorporated by reference in their respective entireties:
         U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/782,295, entitled ARTICULATABLE SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH CONDUCTIVE PATHWAYS FOR SIGNAL COMMUNICATION, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,700,309;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/782,323, entitled ROTARY POWERED ARTICULATION JOINTS FOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,782,169;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/782,338, entitled THUMBWHEEL SWITCH ARRANGEMENTS FOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2014/0249557;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/782,499, entitled ELECTROMECHANICAL SURGICAL DEVICE WITH SIGNAL RELAY ARRANGEMENT, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,358,003;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/782,460, entitled MULTIPLE PROCESSOR MOTOR CONTROL FOR MODULAR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,554,794;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/782,358, entitled JOYSTICK SWITCH ASSEMBLIES FOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,326,767;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/782,481, entitled SENSOR STRAIGHTENED END EFFECTOR DURING REMOVAL THROUGH TROCAR, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,468,438;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/782,518, entitled CONTROL METHODS FOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH REMOVABLE IMPLEMENT PORTIONS, now U.S.       

     Patent Application Publication No. 2014/0246475;
         U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/782,375, entitled ROTARY POWERED SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH MULTIPLE DEGREES OF FREEDOM, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,398,911; and   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/782,536, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT SOFT STOP, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,307,986.       

     Applicant of the present application also owns the following patent applications that were filed on Mar. 14, 2013 and which are each herein incorporated by reference in their respective entireties:
         U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/803,097, entitled ARTICULATABLE SURGICAL INSTRUMENT COMPRISING A FIRING DRIVE, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,687,230;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/803,193, entitled CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS FOR A DRIVE MEMBER OF A SURGICAL INSTRUMENT, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,332,987;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/803,053, entitled INTERCHANGEABLE SHAFT ASSEMBLIES FOR USE WITH A SURGICAL INSTRUMENT, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,883,860;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/803,086, entitled ARTICULATABLE SURGICAL INSTRUMENT COMPRISING AN ARTICULATION LOCK, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2014/0263541;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/803,210, entitled SENSOR ARRANGEMENTS FOR ABSOLUTE POSITIONING SYSTEM FOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,808,244;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/803,148, entitled MULTI-FUNCTION MOTOR FOR A SURGICAL INSTRUMENT, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2014/0263554;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/803,066, entitled DRIVE SYSTEM LOCKOUT ARRANGEMENTS FOR MODULAR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,629,623;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/803,117, entitled ARTICULATION CONTROL SYSTEM FOR ARTICULATABLE SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,351,726;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/803,130, entitled DRIVE TRAIN CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS FOR MODULAR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,351,727; and   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/803,159, entitled METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR OPERATING A SURGICAL INSTRUMENT, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,888,919.       

     Applicant of the present application also owns the following patent application that was filed on Mar. 7, 2014 and is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety:
         U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/200,111, entitled CONTROL SYSTEMS FOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,629,629.       

     Applicant of the present application also owns the following patent applications that were filed on Mar. 26, 2014 and are each herein incorporated by reference in their respective entireties:
         U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/226,106, entitled POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL SYSTEMS FOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0272582;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/226,099, entitled STERILIZATION VERIFICATION CIRCUIT, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,826,977;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/226,094, entitled VERIFICATION OF NUMBER OF BATTERY EXCHANGES/PROCEDURE COUNT, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0272580;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/226,117, entitled POWER MANAGEMENT THROUGH SLEEP OPTIONS OF SEGMENTED CIRCUIT AND WAKE UP CONTROL, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,013,049;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/226,075, entitled MODULAR POWERED SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH DETACHABLE SHAFT ASSEMBLIES, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,743,929;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/226,093, entitled FEEDBACK ALGORITHMS FOR MANUAL BAILOUT SYSTEMS FOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,028,761;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/226,116, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT UTILIZING SENSOR ADAPTATION, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0272571;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/226,071, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT CONTROL CIRCUIT HAVING A SAFETY PROCESSOR, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,690,362;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/226,097, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT COMPRISING INTERACTIVE SYSTEMS, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,820,738;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/226,126, entitled INTERFACE SYSTEMS FOR USE WITH SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,004,497;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/226,133, entitled MODULAR SURGICAL INSTRUMENT SYSTEM, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0272557;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/226,081, entitled SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CONTROLLING A SEGMENTED CIRCUIT, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,804,618;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/226,076, entitled POWER MANAGEMENT THROUGH SEGMENTED CIRCUIT AND VARIABLE VOLTAGE PROTECTION, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,733,663;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/226,111, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENT SYSTEM, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,750,499; and   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/226,125, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT COMPRISING A ROTATABLE SHAFT, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,201,364.       

     Applicant of the present application also owns the following patent applications that were filed on Sep. 5, 2014 and which are each herein incorporated by reference in their respective entireties:
         U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/479,103, entitled CIRCUITRY AND SENSORS FOR POWERED MEDICAL DEVICE, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,111,679;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/479,119, entitled ADJUNCT WITH INTEGRATED SENSORS TO QUANTIFY TISSUE COMPRESSION, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,724,094;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/478,908, entitled MONITORING DEVICE DEGRADATION BASED ON COMPONENT EVALUATION, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,737,301;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/478,895, entitled MULTIPLE SENSORS WITH ONE SENSOR AFFECTING A SECOND SENSOR&#39;S OUTPUT OR INTERPRETATION, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,757,128;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/479,110, entitled USE OF POLARITY OF HALL MAGNET DETECTION TO DETECT MISLOADED CARTRIDGE, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,016,199;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/479,098, entitled SMART CARTRIDGE WAKE UP OPERATION AND DATA RETENTION, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,135,242;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/479,115, entitled MULTIPLE MOTOR CONTROL FOR POWERED MEDICAL DEVICE, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,788,836; and   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/479,108, entitled LOCAL DISPLAY OF TISSUE PARAMETER STABILIZATION, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0066913.       

     Applicant of the present application also owns the following patent applications that were filed on Apr. 9, 2014 and which are each herein incorporated by reference in their respective entireties:
         U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/248,590, entitled MOTOR DRIVEN SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH LOCKABLE DUAL DRIVE SHAFTS, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,826,976;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/248,581, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT COMPRISING A CLOSING DRIVE AND A FIRING DRIVE OPERATED FROM THE SAME ROTATABLE OUTPUT, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,649,110;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/248,595, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT SHAFT INCLUDING SWITCHES FOR CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF THE SURGICAL INSTRUMENT, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,844,368;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/248,588, entitled POWERED LINEAR SURGICAL STAPLER, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2014/0309666;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/248,591, entitled TRANSMISSION ARRANGEMENT FOR A SURGICAL INSTRUMENT, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,149,680;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/248,584, entitled MODULAR MOTOR DRIVEN SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH ALIGNMENT FEATURES FOR ALIGNING ROTARY DRIVE SHAFTS WITH SURGICAL END EFFECTOR SHAFTS, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,801,626;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/248,587, entitled POWERED SURGICAL STAPLER, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,867,612;   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/248,586, entitled DRIVE SYSTEM DECOUPLING ARRANGEMENT FORA SURGICAL INSTRUMENT, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,136,887; and   U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/248,607, entitled MODULAR MOTOR DRIVEN SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH STATUS INDICATION ARRANGEMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,814,460.       

     Applicant of the present application also owns the following patent applications that were filed on Apr. 16, 2013 and which are each herein incorporated by reference in their respective entireties:
         U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/812,365, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH MULTIPLE FUNCTIONS PERFORMED BY A SINGLE MOTOR;   U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/812,376, entitled LINEAR CUTTER WITH POWER;   U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/812,382, entitled LINEAR CUTTER WITH MOTOR AND PISTOL GRIP;   U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/812,385, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT HANDLE WITH MULTIPLE ACTUATION MOTORS AND MOTOR CONTROL; and   U.S. Provisional Patent Application Ser. No. 61/812,372, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH MULTIPLE FUNCTIONS PERFORMED BY A SINGLE MOTOR.       

     Numerous specific details are set forth to provide a thorough understanding of the overall structure, function, manufacture, and use of the embodiments as described in the specification and illustrated in the accompanying drawings. Well-known operations, components, and elements have not been described in detail so as not to obscure the embodiments described in the specification. The reader will understand that the embodiments described and illustrated herein are non-limiting examples, and thus it can be appreciated that the specific structural and functional details disclosed herein may be representative and illustrative. Variations and changes thereto may be made without departing from the scope of the claims. 
     The terms “comprise” (and any form of comprise, such as “comprises” and “comprising”), “have” (and any form of have, such as “has” and “having”), “include” (and any form of include, such as “includes” and “including”) and “contain” (and any form of contain, such as “contains” and “containing”) are open-ended linking verbs. As a result, a surgical system, device, or apparatus that “comprises,” “has,” “includes” or “contains” one or more elements possesses those one or more elements, but is not limited to possessing only those one or more elements. Likewise, an element of a system, device, or apparatus that “comprises,” “has,” “includes” or “contains” one or more features possesses those one or more features, but is not limited to possessing only those one or more features. 
     The terms “proximal” and “distal” are used herein with reference to a clinician manipulating the handle portion of the surgical instrument. The term “proximal” refers to the portion closest to the clinician and the term “distal” refers to the portion located away from the clinician. It will be further appreciated that, for convenience and clarity, spatial terms such as “vertical”, “horizontal”, “up”, and “down” may be used herein with respect to the drawings. However, surgical instruments are used in many orientations and positions, and these terms are not intended to be limiting and/or absolute. 
     Various exemplary devices and methods are provided for performing laparoscopic and minimally invasive surgical procedures. However, the reader will readily appreciate that the various methods and devices disclosed herein can be used in numerous surgical procedures and applications including, for example, in connection with open surgical procedures. As the present Detailed Description proceeds, the reader will further appreciate that the various instruments disclosed herein can be inserted into a body in any way, such as through a natural orifice, through an incision or puncture hole formed in tissue, etc. The working portions or end effector portions of the instruments can be inserted directly into a patient&#39;s body or can be inserted through an access device that has a working channel through which the end effector and elongate shaft of a surgical instrument can be advanced. 
     A surgical stapling system can comprise a shaft and an end effector extending from the shaft. The end effector comprises a first jaw and a second jaw. The first jaw comprises a staple cartridge. The staple cartridge is insertable into and removable from the first jaw; however, other embodiments are envisioned in which a staple cartridge is not removable from, or at least readily replaceable from, the first jaw. The second jaw comprises an anvil configured to deform staples ejected from the staple cartridge. The second jaw is pivotable relative to the first jaw about a closure axis; however, other embodiments are envisioned in which first jaw is pivotable relative to the second jaw. The surgical stapling system further comprises an articulation joint configured to permit the end effector to be rotated, or articulated, relative to the shaft. The end effector is rotatable about an articulation axis extending through the articulation joint. Other embodiments are envisioned which do not include an articulation joint. 
     The staple cartridge comprises a cartridge body. The cartridge body includes a proximal end, a distal end, and a deck extending between the proximal end and the distal end. In use, the staple cartridge is positioned on a first side of the tissue to be stapled and the anvil is positioned on a second side of the tissue. The anvil is moved toward the staple cartridge to compress and clamp the tissue against the deck. Thereafter, staples removably stored in the cartridge body can be deployed into the tissue. The cartridge body includes staple cavities defined therein wherein staples are removably stored in the staple cavities. The staple cavities are arranged in six longitudinal rows. Three rows of staple cavities are positioned on a first side of a longitudinal slot and three rows of staple cavities are positioned on a second side of the longitudinal slot. Other arrangements of staple cavities and staples may be possible. 
     The staples are supported by staple drivers in the cartridge body. The drivers are movable between a first, or unfired position, and a second, or fired, position to eject the staples from the staple cavities. The drivers are retained in the cartridge body by a retainer which extends around the bottom of the cartridge body and includes resilient members configured to grip the cartridge body and hold the retainer to the cartridge body. The drivers are movable between their unfired positions and their fired positions by a sled. The sled is movable between a proximal position adjacent the proximal end and a distal position adjacent the distal end. The sled comprises a plurality of ramped surfaces configured to slide under the drivers and lift the drivers, and the staples supported thereon, toward the anvil. 
     Further to the above, the sled is moved distally by a firing member. The firing member is configured to contact the sled and push the sled toward the distal end. The longitudinal slot defined in the cartridge body is configured to receive the firing member. The anvil also includes a slot configured to receive the firing member. The firing member further comprises a first cam which engages the first jaw and a second cam which engages the second jaw. As the firing member is advanced distally, the first cam and the second cam can control the distance, or tissue gap, between the deck of the staple cartridge and the anvil. The firing member also comprises a knife configured to incise the tissue captured intermediate the staple cartridge and the anvil. It is desirable for the knife to be positioned at least partially proximal to the ramped surfaces such that the staples are ejected ahead of the knife. 
     Before explaining various forms of mechanisms for compensating for drivetrain failure in powered surgical instruments in detail, it should be noted that the illustrative forms are not limited in application or use to the details of construction and arrangement of parts illustrated in the accompanying drawings and description. The illustrative forms may be implemented or incorporated in other forms, variations and modifications, and may be practiced or carried out in various ways. Further, unless otherwise indicated, the terms and expressions employed herein have been chosen for the purpose of describing the illustrative forms for the convenience of the reader and are not for the purpose of limitation thereof. 
     Further, it is understood that any one or more of the following-described forms, expressions of forms, examples, can be combined with any one or more of the other following-described forms, expressions of forms, and examples. 
     Various forms are directed to mechanisms for compensating for drivetrain failure in powered surgical instruments. In one form, the mechanisms for compensating for drivetrain failure in powered surgical instruments may be configured for use in open surgical procedures, but has applications in other types of surgery, such as laparoscopic, endoscopic, and robotic-assisted procedures. 
       FIGS. 1-18  depict various aspects of a surgical system that is generally designated as  10 , and is in the form of a powered hand held electromechanical instrument configured for selective attachment thereto of a plurality of different end effectors that are each configured for actuation and manipulation by the powered hand held electromechanical surgical instrument. The aspects of  FIGS. 1-18  are disclosed in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2014/0110453, filed Oct. 23, 2012, and titled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH RAPID POST EVENT DETECTION, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,265,585, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0282052, filed Jun. 19, 2013, and titled APPARATUS FOR ENDOSCOPIC PROCEDURES, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,480,492, and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0274722, filed May 10, 2013, and titled APPARATUS FOR ENDOSCOPIC PROCEDURES, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,492,146. 
     Referring to  FIGS. 1-3 , a surgical instrument  100  is configured for selective connection with an adapter  200 , and, in turn, adapter  200  is configured for selective connection with an end effector or single use loading unit or reload  300 . As illustrated in  FIGS. 1-3 , the surgical instrument  100  includes a handle housing  102  having a lower housing portion  104 , an intermediate housing portion  106  extending from and/or supported on lower housing portion  104 , and an upper housing portion  108  extending from and/or supported on intermediate housing portion  106 . Intermediate housing portion  106  and upper housing portion  108  are separated into a distal half-section  110   a  that is integrally formed with and extending from the lower portion  104 , and a proximal half-section  110   b  connectable to distal half-section  110   a  by a plurality of fasteners. When joined, distal and proximal half-sections  110   a ,  110   b  define a handle housing  102  having a cavity  102   a  therein in which a circuit board  150  and a drive mechanism  160  is situated. 
     Distal and proximal half-sections  110   a ,  110   b  are divided along a plane that traverses a longitudinal axis “X” of upper housing portion  108 , as seen in  FIGS. 2 and 3 . Handle housing  102  includes a gasket  112  extending completely around a rim of distal half-section and/or proximal half-section  110   a ,  110   b  and being interposed between distal half-section  110   a  and proximal half-section  110   b . Gasket  112  seals the perimeter of distal half-section  110   a  and proximal half-section  110   b . Gasket  112  functions to establish an air-tight seal between distal half-section  110   a  and proximal half-section  110   b  such that circuit board  150  and drive mechanism  160  are protected from sterilization and/or cleaning procedures. 
     In this manner, the cavity  102   a  of handle housing  102  is sealed along the perimeter of distal half-section  110   a  and proximal half-section  110   b  yet is configured to enable easier, more efficient assembly of circuit board  150  and a drive mechanism  160  in handle housing  102 . 
     Intermediate housing portion  106  of handle housing  102  provides a housing in which circuit board  150  is situated. Circuit board  150  is configured to control the various operations of surgical instrument  100 . 
     Lower housing portion  104  of surgical instrument  100  defines an aperture (not shown) formed in an upper surface thereof and which is located beneath or within intermediate housing portion  106 . The aperture of lower housing portion  104  provides a passage through which wires  152  pass to electrically interconnect electrical components (a battery  156 , as illustrated in  FIG. 4 , a circuit board  154 , as illustrated in  FIG. 3 , etc.) situated in lower housing portion  104  with electrical components (circuit board  150 , drive mechanism  160 , etc.) situated in intermediate housing portion  106  and/or upper housing portion  108 . 
     Handle housing  102  includes a gasket  103  disposed within the aperture of lower housing portion  104  (not shown) thereby plugging or sealing the aperture of lower housing portion  104  while allowing wires  152  to pass therethrough. Gasket  103  functions to establish an air-tight seal between lower housing portion  106  and intermediate housing portion  108  such that circuit board  150  and drive mechanism  160  are protected from sterilization and/or cleaning procedures. 
     As shown, lower housing portion  104  of handle housing  102  provides a housing in which a rechargeable battery  156 , is removably situated. Battery  156  is configured to supply power to any of the electrical components of surgical instrument  100 . Lower housing portion  104  defines a cavity (not shown) into which battery  156  is inserted. Lower housing portion  104  includes a door  105  pivotally connected thereto for closing cavity of lower housing portion  104  and retaining battery  156  therein. 
     With reference to  FIGS. 3 and 5 , distal half-section  110   a  of upper housing portion  108  defines a nose or connecting portion  108   a . A nose cone  114  is supported on nose portion  108   a  of upper housing portion  108 . Nose cone  114  is fabricated from a transparent material. A feedback indicator such as, for example, an illumination member  116  is disposed within nose cone  114  such that illumination member  116  is visible therethrough. Illumination member  116  is may be a light emitting diode printed circuit board (LED PCB). Illumination member  116  is configured to illuminate multiple colors with a specific color pattern being associated with a unique discrete event. 
     Upper housing portion  108  of handle housing  102  provides a housing in which drive mechanism  160  is situated. As illustrated in  FIG. 5 , drive mechanism  160  is configured to drive shafts and/or gear components in order to perform the various operations of surgical instrument  100 . In particular, drive mechanism  160  is configured to drive shafts and/or gear components in order to selectively move tool assembly  304  of end effector  300  (see  FIGS. 1 and 9 ) relative to proximal body portion  302  of end effector  300 , to rotate end effector  300  about a longitudinal axis “X” (see  FIG. 2 ) relative to handle housing  102 , to move anvil assembly  306  relative to cartridge assembly  308  of end effector  300 , and/or to fire a stapling and cutting cartridge within cartridge assembly  308  of end effector  300 . 
     The drive mechanism  160  includes a selector gearbox assembly  162  that is located immediately proximal relative to adapter  200 . Proximal to the selector gearbox assembly  162  is a function selection module  163  having a first motor  164  that functions to selectively move gear elements within the selector gearbox assembly  162  into engagement with an input drive component  165  having a second motor  166 . 
     As illustrated in  FIGS. 1-4 , and as mentioned above, distal half-section  110   a  of upper housing portion  108  defines a connecting portion  108   a  configured to accept a corresponding drive coupling assembly  210  of adapter  200 . 
     As illustrated in  FIGS. 6-8 , connecting portion  108   a  of surgical instrument  100  has a cylindrical recess  108   b  that receives a drive coupling assembly  210  of adapter  200  when adapter  200  is mated to surgical instrument  100 . Connecting portion  108   a  houses three rotatable drive connectors  118 ,  120 ,  122 . 
     When adapter  200  is mated to surgical instrument  100 , each of rotatable drive connectors  118 ,  120 ,  122  of surgical instrument  100  couples with a corresponding rotatable connector sleeve  218 ,  220 ,  222  of adapter  200  as shown in  FIG. 6 . In this regard, the interface between corresponding first drive connector  118  and first connector sleeve  218 , the interface between corresponding second drive connector  120  and second connector sleeve  220 , and the interface between corresponding third drive connector  122  and third connector sleeve  222  are keyed such that rotation of each of drive connectors  118 ,  120 ,  122  of surgical instrument  100  causes a corresponding rotation of the corresponding connector sleeve  218 ,  220 ,  222  of adapter  200 . 
     The mating of drive connectors  118 ,  120 ,  122  of surgical instrument  100  with connector sleeves  218 ,  220 ,  222  of adapter  200  allows rotational forces to be independently transmitted via each of the three respective connector interfaces. The drive connectors  118 ,  120 ,  122  of surgical instrument  100  are configured to be independently rotated by drive mechanism  160 . In this regard, the function selection module  163  of drive mechanism  160  selects which drive connector or connectors  118 ,  120 ,  122  of surgical instrument  100  is to be driven by the input drive component  165  of drive mechanism  160 . 
     Since each of drive connectors  118 ,  120 ,  122  of surgical instrument  100  has a keyed and/or substantially non-rotatable interface with respective connector sleeves  218 ,  220 ,  222  of adapter  200 , when adapter  200  is coupled to surgical instrument  100 , rotational force(s) are selectively transferred from drive mechanism  160  of surgical instrument  100  to adapter  200 . 
     The selective rotation of drive connector(s)  118 ,  120  and/or  122  of surgical instrument  100  allows surgical instrument  100  to selectively actuate different functions of end effector  300 . Selective and independent rotation of first drive connector  118  of surgical instrument  100  corresponds to the selective and independent opening and closing of tool assembly  304  of end effector  300 , and driving of a stapling/cutting component of tool assembly  304  of end effector  300 . Also, the selective and independent rotation of second drive connector  120  of surgical instrument  100  corresponds to the selective and independent articulation of tool assembly  304  of end effector  300  transverse to longitudinal axis “X” (see  FIG. 2 ). Additionally, the selective and independent rotation of third drive connector  122  of surgical instrument  100  corresponds to the selective and independent rotation of end effector  300  about longitudinal axis “X” (see  FIG. 2 ) relative to handle housing  102  of surgical instrument  100 . 
     As mentioned above and as illustrated in  FIGS. 5 and 8 , drive mechanism  160  includes a selector gearbox assembly  162 ; and a function selection module  163 , located proximal to the selector gearbox assembly  162 , that functions to selectively move gear elements within the selector gearbox assembly  162  into engagement with second motor  166 . Thus, drive mechanism  160  selectively drives one of drive connectors  118 ,  120 ,  122  of surgical instrument  100  at a given time. 
     As illustrated in  FIGS. 1-3 , handle housing  102  supports a control assembly  107  on a distal surface or side of intermediate housing portion  108 . The control assembly  107  is a fully-functional mechanical subassembly that can be assembled and tested separately from the rest of the instrument  100  prior to coupling thereto. 
     Control assembly  107 , in cooperation with intermediate housing portion  108 , supports a pair of finger-actuated control buttons  124 ,  126  and a pair rocker devices  128 ,  130  within a housing  107   a . The control buttons  124 ,  126  are coupled to extension shafts  125 ,  127  respectively. In particular, control assembly  107  defines an upper aperture  124   a  for slidably receiving the extension shaft  125 , and a lower aperture  126   a  for slidably receiving the extension shaft  127 . 
     The control assembly  107  and its components (e.g., control buttons  124 ,  126  and rocker devices  128 ,  130 ) my be formed from low friction, self-lubricating, lubricious plastics or materials or coatings covering the moving components to reduce actuation forces, key component wear, elimination of galling, smooth consistent actuation, improved component and assembly reliability and reduced clearances for a tighter fit and feel consistency. This includes the use of plastic materials in the bushings, rocker journals, plunger bushings, spring pockets, retaining rings and slider components. Molding the components in plastic also provides net-shape or mesh-shaped components with all of these performance attributes. Plastic components eliminate corrosion and bi-metal anodic reactions under electrolytic conditions such as autoclaving, steam sterilizations and cleaning Press fits with lubricious plastics and materials also eliminate clearances with minimal strain or functional penalties on the components when compared to similar metal components. 
     Suitable materials for forming the components of the control assembly  107  include, but are not limited to, polyamines, polyphenylene sulfides, polyphthalamides, polyphenylsulfones, polyether ketones, polytetrafluoroethylenes, and combinations thereof. These components may be used in the presence or absence of lubricants and may also include additives for reduced wear and frictional forces. 
     Reference may be made to a U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/331,047, now U.S. Pat. No. 8,968,276, the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference herein, for a detailed discussion of the construction and operation of the surgical instrument  100 . 
     The surgical instrument  100  includes a firing assembly configured to deploy or eject a plurality of staples into tissue captured by the end effector  300 . The firing assembly comprises a drive assembly  360 , as illustrated in  FIG. 9 . The drive assembly  360  includes a flexible drive beam  364  having a distal end which is secured to a dynamic clamping member  365 , and a proximal engagement section  368 . Engagement section  368  includes a stepped portion defining a shoulder  370 . A proximal end of engagement section  368  includes diametrically opposed inwardly extending fingers  372 . Fingers  372  engage a hollow drive member  374  to fixedly secure drive member  374  to the proximal end of beam  364 . Drive member  374  defines a proximal porthole  376   a  which receives a connection member of drive tube  246  ( FIG. 1 ) of adapter  200  when end effector  300  is attached to distal coupling  230  of adapter  200 . 
     When drive assembly  360  is advanced distally within tool assembly  304 , an upper beam  365   a  of clamping member  365  moves within a channel defined between anvil plate  312  and anvil cover  310  and a lower beam  365   b  moves over the exterior surface of carrier  316  to close tool assembly  304  and fire staples therefrom. 
     Proximal body portion  302  of end effector  300  includes a sheath or outer tube  301  enclosing an upper housing portion  301   a  and a lower housing portion  301   b . The housing portions  301   a  and  301   b  enclose an articulation link  366  having a hooked proximal end  366   a  which extends from a proximal end of end effector  300 . Hooked proximal end  366   a  of articulation link  366  engages a coupling hook (not shown) of adapter  200  when end effector  300  is secured to distal housing  232  of adapter  200 . When drive bar  258  of adapter  200  is advanced or retracted as described above, articulation link  366  of end effector  300  is advanced or retracted within end effector  300  to pivot tool assembly  304  in relation to a distal end of proximal body portion  302 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG. 9  above, cartridge assembly  308  of tool assembly  304  includes a staple cartridge  305  supportable in carrier  316 . The cartridge can be permanently installed in the end effector  300  or can be arranged so as to be removable and replaceable. Staple cartridge  305  defines a central longitudinal slot  305   a , and three linear rows of staple retention slots  305   b  positioned on each side of longitudinal slot  305   a . Each of staple retention slots  305   b  receives a single staple  307  and a portion of a staple pusher  309 . During operation of instrument  100 , drive assembly  360  abuts an actuation sled and pushes actuation sled through cartridge  305 . As the actuation sled moves through cartridge  305 , cam wedges of the actuation sled sequentially engage staple pushers  309  to move staple pushers  309  vertically within staple retention slots  305   b  and sequentially eject staples  307  therefrom for formation against anvil plate  312 . 
     The hollow drive member  374  includes a lockout mechanism  373  that prevents a firing of previously fired end effectors  300 . The lockout mechanism  373  includes a locking member  371  pivotally coupled within a distal porthole  376   b  via a pin  377 , such that locking member  371  is pivotal about pin  377  relative to drive member  374 . 
     With reference to  FIGS. 10A and 10B , locking member  371  defines a channel  379  formed between elongate glides  381  and  383 . Web  385  joins a portion of the upper surfaces of glides  381  and  383 . Web  385  is configured and dimensioned to fit within the porthole  376   b  of the drive member  374 . Horizontal ledges  389  and  391  extend from glides  381  and  383  respectively. As best shown in  FIG. 9 , a spring  393  is disposed within the drive member  374  and engages horizontal ledge  389  and/or horizontal ledge  391  to bias locking member  371  downward. 
     In operation, the locking member  371  is initially disposed in its pre-fired position at the proximal end of the housing portions  301   a  and  301   b  with horizontal ledge  389  and  391  resting on top of projections  303   a ,  303   b  formed in the sidewalls of housing portion  301   b . In this position, locking member  371  is held up and out of alignment with a projection  303   c  formed in the bottom surface of housing portion  301   b , distal of the projection  303   a ,  303   b , and web  385  is in longitudinal juxtaposition with shoulder  370  defined in drive beam  364 . This configuration permits the anvil  306  to be opened and repositioned onto the tissue to be stapled until the surgeon is satisfied with the position without activating locking member  371  to disable the disposable end effector  300 . 
     Upon distal movement of the drive beam  364  by the drive tube  246 , locking member  371  rides off of projections  303   a ,  303   b  and is biased into engagement with housing portion  301   b  by the spring  393 , distal of projection  303   c . Locking member  371  remains in this configuration throughout firing of the apparatus. 
     Upon retraction of the drive beam  364 , after at least a partial firing, locking member  371  passes under projections  303   a ,  303   b  and rides over projection  303   c  of housing portion  301   b  until the distal-most portion of locking member  371  is proximal to projection  303   c . The spring  393  biases locking member  371  into juxtaposed alignment with projection  303   c , effectively disabling the disposable end effector. If an attempt is made to reactuate the apparatus, loaded with the existing end effector  300 , the locking member  371  will abut projection  303   c  of housing portion  301   b  and will inhibit distal movement of the drive beam  364 . 
     Another aspect of the instrument  100  is shown in  FIG. 11 . The instrument  100  includes the motor  164 . The motor  164  may be any electrical motor configured to actuate one or more drives (e.g., rotatable drive connectors  118 ,  120 ,  122  of  FIG. 6 ). The motor  164  is coupled to the battery  156 , which may be a DC battery (e.g., rechargeable lead-based, nickel-based, lithium-ion based, battery etc.), an AC/DC transformer, or any other power source suitable for providing electrical energy to the motor  164 . 
     The battery  156  and the motor  164  are coupled to a motor driver circuit  404  disposed on the circuit board  154  which controls the operation of the motor  164  including the flow of electrical energy from the battery  156  to the motor  164 . The driver circuit  404  includes a plurality of sensors  408   a ,  408   b , . . .  408   n  configured to measure operational states of the motor  164  and the battery  156 . The sensors  408   a - n  may include voltage sensors, current sensors, temperature sensors, pressure sensors, telemetry sensors, optical sensors, and combinations thereof. The sensors  408   a - 408   n  may measure voltage, current, and other electrical properties of the electrical energy supplied by the battery  156 . The sensors  408   a - 408   n  may also measure rotational speed as revolutions per minute (RPM), torque, temperature, current draw, and other operational properties of the motor  164 . RPM may be determined by measuring the rotation of the motor  164 . Position of various drive shafts (e.g., rotatable drive connectors  118 ,  120 ,  122  of  FIG. 6 ) may be determined by using various linear sensors disposed in or in proximity to the shafts or extrapolated from the RPM measurements. In aspects, torque may be calculated based on the regulated current draw of the motor  164  at a constant RPM. In further aspects, the driver circuit  404  and/or the controller  406  may measure time and process the above-described values as a function thereof, including integration and/or differentiation, e.g., to determine rate of change of the measured values and the like. 
     The driver circuit  404  is also coupled to a controller  406 , which may be any suitable logic control circuit adapted to perform the calculations and/or operate according to a set of instructions. The controller  406  may include a central processing unit operably connected to a memory which may include transitory type memory (e.g., RAM) and/or non-transitory type memory (e.g., flash media, disk media, etc.). The controller  406  includes a plurality of inputs and outputs for interfacing with the driver circuit  404 . In particular, the controller  406  receives measured sensor signals from the driver circuit  404  regarding operational status of the motor  164  and the battery  156  and, in turn, outputs control signals to the driver circuit  404  to control the operation of the motor  164  based on the sensor readings and specific algorithm instructions. The controller  406  is also configured to accept a plurality of user inputs from a user interface (e.g., switches, buttons, touch screen, etc. of the control assembly  107  coupled to the controller  406 ). A removable memory card or chip may be provided, or data can be downloaded wirelessly. 
     Referring to  FIG. 12-18 , a surgical system  10 ′ is depicted. The surgical system  10 ′ is similar in many respects to the surgical system  10 . For example, the surgical system  10 ′ includes the surgical instrument  100 . Upper housing portion  108  of instrument housing  102  defines a nose or connecting portion  108   a  configured to accept a corresponding shaft coupling assembly  514  of a transmission housing  512  of a shaft assembly  500  that is similar in many respects to the shaft assembly  200 . 
     The shaft assembly  500  has a force transmitting assembly for interconnecting the at least one drive member of the surgical instrument to at least one rotation receiving member of the end effector. The force transmitting assembly has a first end that is connectable to the at least one rotatable drive member and a second end that is connectable to the at least one rotation receiving member of the end effector. When shaft assembly  500  is mated to surgical instrument  100 , each of rotatable drive members or connectors  118 ,  120 ,  122  of surgical instrument  100  couples with a corresponding rotatable connector sleeve  518 ,  520 ,  522  of shaft assembly  500  (see  FIGS. 13 and 15 ). In this regard, the interface between corresponding first drive member or connector  118  and first connector sleeve  518 , the interface between corresponding second drive member or connector  120  and second connector sleeve  520 , and the interface between corresponding third drive member or connector  122  and third connector sleeve  522  are keyed such that rotation of each of drive members or connectors  118 ,  120 ,  122  of surgical instrument  100  causes a corresponding rotation of the corresponding connector sleeve  518 ,  520 ,  522  of shaft assembly  500 . 
     The selective rotation of drive member(s) or connector(s)  118 ,  120  and/or  122  of surgical instrument  100  allows surgical instrument  100  to selectively actuate different functions of an end effector  400 . 
     Referring to  FIGS. 12 and 14 , the shaft assembly  500  includes an elongate, substantially rigid, outer tubular body  510  having a proximal end  510   a  and a distal end  510   b  and a transmission housing  212  connected to proximal end  210   a  of tubular body  510  and being configured for selective connection to surgical instrument  100 . In addition, the shaft assembly  500  further includes an articulating neck assembly  530  connected to distal end  510   b  of elongate body portion  510 . 
     Transmission housing  512  is configured to house a pair of gear train systems therein for varying a speed/force of rotation (e.g., increase or decrease) of first, second and/or third rotatable drive members or connectors  118 ,  120 , and/or  122  of surgical instrument  100  before transmission of such rotational speed/force to the end effector  501 . As seen in  FIG. 15 , transmission housing  512  and shaft coupling assembly  514  rotatably support a first proximal or input drive shaft  524   a , a second proximal or input drive shaft  526   a , and a third drive shaft  528 . 
     Shaft drive coupling assembly  514  includes a first, a second and a third biasing member  518   a ,  520   a  and  522   a  disposed distally of respective first, second and third connector sleeves  518 ,  520 ,  522 . Each of biasing members  518   a ,  520   a  and  522   a  is disposed about respective first proximal drive shaft  524   a , second proximal drive shaft  526   a , and third drive shaft  228 . Biasing members  518   a ,  520   a  and  522   a  act on respective connector sleeves  518 ,  520  and  522  to help maintain connector sleeves  218 ,  220  and  222  engaged with the distal end of respective drive rotatable drive members or connectors  118 ,  120 ,  122  of surgical instrument  100  when shaft assembly  500  is connected to surgical instrument  100 . 
     Shaft assembly  500  includes a first and a second gear train system  540 ,  550 , respectively, disposed within transmission housing  512  and tubular body  510 , and adjacent coupling assembly  514 . As mentioned above, each gear train system  540 ,  550  is configured and adapted to vary a speed/force of rotation (e.g., increase or decrease) of first and second rotatable drive connectors  118  and  120  of surgical instrument  100  before transmission of such rotational speed/force to end effector  501 . 
     As illustrated in  FIGS. 15 and 16 , first gear train system  540  includes first input drive shaft  524   a , and a first input drive shaft spur gear  542   a  keyed to first input drive shaft  524   a . First gear train system  540  also includes a first transmission shaft  544  rotatably supported in transmission housing  512 , a first input transmission spur gear  544  a keyed to first transmission shaft  544  and engaged with first input drive shaft spur gear  542   a , and a first output transmission spur gear  544   b  keyed to first transmission shaft  544 . First gear train system  540  further includes a first output drive shaft  546   a  rotatably supported in transmission housing  512  and tubular body  510 , and a first output drive shaft spur gear  546   b  keyed to first output drive shaft  546   a  and engaged with first output transmission spur gear  544   b.    
     In at least one instance, the first input drive shaft spur gear  542   a  includes 10 teeth; first input transmission spur gear  544   a  includes 18 teeth; first output transmission spur gear  544   b  includes 13 teeth; and first output drive shaft spur gear  546   b  includes 15 teeth. As so configured, an input rotation of first input drive shaft  524   a  is converted to an output rotation of first output drive shaft  546   a  by a ratio of 1:2.08. 
     In operation, as first input drive shaft spur gear  542   a  is rotated, due to a rotation of first connector sleeve  558  and first input drive shaft  524   a , as a result of the rotation of the first respective drive connector  118  of surgical instrument  100 , first input drive shaft spur gear  542   a  engages first input transmission spur gear  544   a  causing first input transmission spur gear  544   a  to rotate. As first input transmission spur gear  544   a  rotates, first transmission shaft  544  is rotated and thus causes first output drive shaft spur gear  546   b , that is keyed to first transmission shaft  544 , to rotate. As first output drive shaft spur gear  546   b  rotates, since first output drive shaft spur gear  546   b  is engaged therewith, first output drive shaft spur gear  546   b  is also rotated. As first output drive shaft spur gear  546   b  rotates, since first output drive shaft spur gear  546   b  is keyed to first output drive shaft  546   a , first output drive shaft  546   a  is rotated. 
     The shaft assembly  500 , including the first gear system  540 , functions to transmit operative forces from surgical instrument  100  to end effector  501  in order to operate, actuate and/or fire end effector  501 . 
     As illustrated in  FIGS. 15 and 17 , second gear train system  550  includes second input drive shaft  526   a , and a second input drive shaft spur gear  552   a  keyed to second input drive shaft  526   a . Second gear train system  550  also includes a first transmission shaft  554  rotatably supported in transmission housing  512 , a first input transmission spur gear  554   a  keyed to first transmission shaft  554  and engaged with second input drive shaft spur gear  552   a , and a first output transmission spur gear  554   b  keyed to first transmission shaft  554 . 
     Second gear train system  550  further includes a second transmission shaft  556  rotatably supported in transmission housing  512 , a second input transmission spur gear  556   a  keyed to second transmission shaft  556  and engaged with first output transmission spur gear  554   b  that is keyed to first transmission shaft  554 , and a second output transmission spur gear  556   b  keyed to second transmission shaft  556 . 
     Second gear train system  550  additionally includes a second output drive shaft  558   a  rotatably supported in transmission housing  512  and tubular body  510 , and a second output drive shaft spur gear  558   b  keyed to second output drive shaft  558   a  and engaged with second output transmission spur gear  556   b.    
     In at least one instance, the second input drive shaft spur gear  552   a  includes 10 teeth; first input transmission spur gear  554   a  includes 20 teeth; first output transmission spur gear  554   b  includes 10 teeth; second input transmission spur gear  556   a  includes 20 teeth; second output transmission spur gear  556   b  includes 10 teeth; and second output drive shaft spur gear  558   b  includes 15 teeth. As so configured, an input rotation of second input drive shaft  526   a  is converted to an output rotation of second output drive shaft  558   a  by a ratio of 1:6. 
     In operation, as second input drive shaft spur gear  552   a  is rotated, due to a rotation of second connector sleeve  560  and second input drive shaft  526   a , as a result of the rotation of the second respective drive connector  120  of surgical instrument  100 , second input drive shaft spur gear  552   a  engages first input transmission spur gear  554   a  causing first input transmission spur gear  554   a  to rotate. As first input transmission spur gear  554   a  rotates, first transmission shaft  554  is rotated and thus causes first output transmission spur gear  554   b , that is keyed to first transmission shaft  554 , to rotate. As first output transmission spur gear  554   b  rotates, since second input transmission spur gear  556   a  is engaged therewith, second input transmission spur gear  556   a  is also rotated. As second input transmission spur gear  556   a  rotates, second transmission shaft  256  is rotated and thus causes second output transmission spur gear  256   b , that is keyed to second transmission shaft  556 , to rotate. As second output transmission spur gear  556   b  rotates, since second output drive shaft spur gear  558   b  is engaged therewith, second output drive shaft spur gear  558   b  is rotated. As second output drive shaft spur gear  558   b  rotates, since second output drive shaft spur gear  558   b  is keyed to second output drive shaft  558   a , second output drive shaft  558   a  is rotated. 
     The shaft assembly  500 , including second gear train system  550 , functions to transmit operative forces from surgical instrument  100  to end effector  501  in order rotate shaft assembly  500  and/or end effector  501  relative to surgical instrument  100 . 
     As illustrated in  FIGS. 15 and 18 , the transmission housing  512  and shaft coupling assembly  514  rotatably support a third drive shaft  528 . Third drive shaft  528  includes a proximal end  528   a  configured to support third connector sleeve  522 , and a distal end  528   b  extending to and operatively connected to an articulation assembly  570 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG. 14 , elongate, outer tubular body  510  of shaft assembly  500  includes a first half section  511  a and a second half section  511   b  defining at least three longitudinally extending channels through outer tubular body  510  when half sections  511   a ,  511   b  are mated with one another. The channels are configured and dimensioned to rotatably receive and support first output drive shaft  546   a , second output drive shaft  558   a , and third drive shaft  528  as first output drive shaft  546   a , second output drive shaft  558   a , and third drive shaft  528  extend from transmission housing  512  to articulating neck assembly  530 . Each of first output drive shaft  546   a , second output drive shaft  558   a , and third drive shaft  528  are elongate and sufficiently rigid to transmit rotational forces from transmission housing  520  to articulating neck assembly  530 . 
     Turning to  FIG. 14 , the shaft assembly  500  further includes an articulating neck assembly  530 . The articulating neck assembly  530  includes a proximal neck housing  532 , a plurality of links  534  connected to and extending in series from proximal neck housing  532 ; and a distal neck housing  536  connected to and extending from a distal-most link of the plurality of links  534 . It is contemplated that, in any of the aspects disclosed herein, that the shaft assembly may have a single link or pivot member for allowing the articulation of the end effector. It is contemplated that, in any of the aspects disclosed herein, that the distal neck housing can be incorporated with the distal most link. 
     The entire disclosures of: 
     U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2014/0110453, filed Oct. 23, 2012, and titled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH RAPID POST EVENT DETECTION, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,265,585; 
     U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0282052, filed Jun. 19, 2013, and titled APPARATUS FOR ENDOSCOPIC PROCEDURES, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,480,492; and 
     U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0274722, filed May 10, 2013, and titled APPARATUS FOR ENDOSCOPIC PROCEDURES, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,492,146, are hereby incorporated by reference herein. 
     Referring to  FIGS. 19-20 , a surgical instrument  1010  is depicted. The surgical instrument  1010  is similar in many respects to the surgical instrument  100 . For example, the surgical instrument  1010  is configured for selective connection with the end effector or single use loading unit or reload  300  via the adapter  200 . Also, the surgical instrument  1010  includes a handle housing  102  that includes a lower housing portion  104 , an intermediate housing portion  106 , and an upper housing portion  108 . 
     Like the surgical instrument  100 , the surgical instrument  1010  includes a drive mechanism  160  which is configured to drive shafts and/or gear components in order to perform the various operations of surgical instrument  1010 . In at least one instance, the drive mechanism  160  includes a rotation drivetrain  1012  (See  FIG. 20 ) configured to rotate end effector  300  about a longitudinal axis “X” (see  FIG. 2 ) relative to handle housing  102 . The drive mechanism  160  further includes a closure drivetrain  1014  (See  FIG. 20 ) configured to move the anvil assembly  306  relative to the cartridge assembly  308  of the end effector  300  to capture tissue therebetween. In addition, the drive mechanism  160  includes a firing drivetrain  1016  (See  FIG. 20 ) configured to fire a stapling and cutting cartridge within the cartridge assembly  308  of the end effector  300 . 
     As described above, referring primarily to  FIGS. 7, 8, and 20 , the drive mechanism  160  includes a selector gearbox assembly  162  that can be located immediately proximal relative to adapter  200 . Proximal to the selector gearbox assembly  162  is the function selection module  163  which includes the first motor  164  that functions to selectively move gear elements within the selector gearbox assembly  162  to selectively position one of the drivetrains  1012 ,  1014 , and  1016  into engagement with the input drive component  165  of the second motor  166 . 
     Referring to  FIG. 20 , the motors  164  and  166  are coupled to motor control circuits  1018  and  1018 ′, respectively, which are configured to control the operation of the motors  164  and  66  including the flow of electrical energy from a power source  156  to the motors  164  and  166 . The power source  156  may be a DC battery (e.g., rechargeable lead-based, nickel-based, lithium-ion based, battery etc.), an AC/DC transformer, or any other power source suitable for providing electrical energy to the surgical instrument  1010 . 
     The surgical instrument  1010  further includes a microcontroller  1020  (“controller”). In certain instances, the controller  1020  may include a microprocessor  1036  (“processor”) and one or more computer readable mediums or memory units  1038  (“memory”). In certain instances, the memory  1038  may store various program instructions, which when executed may cause the processor  1036  to perform a plurality of functions and/or calculations described herein. The power source  156  can be configured to supply power to the controller  1020 , for example. 
     The processor  1036  can be in communication with the motor control circuit  1018 . In addition, the memory  1038  may store program instructions, which when executed by the processor  1036  in response to a user input  1034 , may cause the motor control circuit  1018  to motivate the motor  164  to generate at least one rotational motion to selectively move gear elements within the selector gearbox assembly  162  to selectively position one of the drivetrains  1012 ,  1014 , and  1016  into engagement with the input drive component  165  of the second motor  166 . Furthermore, the processor  1036  can be in communication with the motor control circuit  1018 ′. The memory  1038  may also store program instructions, which when executed by the processor  1036  in response to a user input  1034 , may cause the motor control circuit  1018 ′ to motivate the motor  166  to generate at least one rotational motion to drive the drivetrain engaged with the input drive component  165  of the second motor  166 , for example. 
     The controller  1020  and/or other controllers of the present disclosure may be implemented using integrated and/or discrete hardware elements, software elements, and/or a combination of both. Examples of integrated hardware elements may include processors, microprocessors, microcontrollers, integrated circuits, ASICs, PLDs, DSPs, FPGAs, logic gates, registers, semiconductor devices, chips, microchips, chip sets, microcontrollers, SoC, and/or SIP. Examples of discrete hardware elements may include circuits and/or circuit elements such as logic gates, field effect transistors, bipolar transistors, resistors, capacitors, inductors, and/or relays. In certain instances, the controller  1020  may include a hybrid circuit comprising discrete and integrated circuit elements or components on one or more substrates, for example. 
     In certain instances, the controller  1020  and/or other controllers of the present disclosure may be an LM 4F230H5QR, available from Texas Instruments, for example. In certain instances, the Texas Instruments LM4F230H5QR is an ARM Cortex-M4F Processor Core comprising on-chip memory of 256 KB single-cycle flash memory, or other non-volatile memory, up to 40 MHz, a prefetch buffer to improve performance above 40 MHz, a 32 KB single-cycle SRAM, internal ROM loaded with StellarisWare® software, 2 KB EEPROM, one or more PWM modules, one or more QEI analog, one or more 12-bit ADC with 12 analog input channels, among other features that are readily available. Other microcontrollers may be readily substituted for use with the present disclosure. Accordingly, the present disclosure should not be limited in this context. 
     In various instances, one or more of the various steps described herein can be performed by a finite state machine comprising either a combinational logic circuit or a sequential logic circuit, where either the combinational logic circuit or the sequential logic circuit is coupled to at least one memory circuit. The at least one memory circuit stores a current state of the finite state machine. The combinational or sequential logic circuit is configured to cause the finite state machine to the steps. The sequential logic circuit may be synchronous or asynchronous. In other instances, one or more of the various steps described herein can be performed by a circuit that includes a combination of the processor  1036  and the finite state machine, for example. 
     Referring again to  FIG. 20 , the surgical instrument  1010  further includes a drivetrain failure detection module  1040 . The processor  1036  can be in communication with or otherwise control the module  1040 . The module  1040  can be embodied as various means, such as circuitry, hardware, a computer program product comprising a computer readable medium (for example, the memory  1038 ) storing computer readable program instructions that are executable by a processing device (for example, the processor  1036 ), or some combination thereof. In some aspects, the processor  1036  can include, or otherwise control the module  1040 . 
     Referring to  FIG. 20 , the module  1040  may include one or more sensors (not shown) which can be configured to detect an acute drivetrain failure in one or more of the drivetrains  1012 ,  1014 , and  1016 . 
     Referring to  FIG. 20 , the module  1040  can be configured to detect an acute failure in an active drivetrain of the surgical instrument  1010 . The term “active” as used herein in connection with the drivetrains  1012 ,  1014 , and  1016  refers to a selected drivetrain that is engaged with the input drive component  165  and is driven by the second motor  166 . The term “acute failure” as used herein refers to a failure that can cause one or more of the drivetrains  1012 ,  1014 , and  1016 , for example, to operate at less than optimal performance levels. One example of an acute drivetrain failure may involve a tooth damage to one or more of the gears of an active drivetrain and/or or excessive slop in the active drivetrain. 
     In the event of an acute drivetrain failure, the active drivetrain may still be operated to complete a surgical step or to reset the surgical instrument  1010 ; however, certain precautionary and/or safety steps can be taken, as described below in greater detail, to avoid or minimize additional damage to the active drivetrain and/or other components of the surgical instrument  1010 . Alternatively, in the event of a catastrophic failure, the active drivetrain is rendered inoperable, and certain bailout steps are taken to ensure, among other things, a safe detachment of the surgical instrument  1010  from the tissue being treated. 
     Referring again to  FIG. 21 , a logic diagram  1021  represents possible operations that can be implemented by the surgical instrument  1010  in response to active drivetrain failures. The memory  1038  may include program instructions, which when executed by the processor  1036 , may cause the processor  1036  to employ the module  1040  to continuously detect  1023  active drivetrain failures. The memory  1038  may include program instructions, which when executed by the processor  1036 , may cause the processor  1036  to respond to a detected acute drivetrain failure by activating a safe mode  1022  of operation, for example. In addition, the memory  1038  may include program instructions, which when executed by the processor  1036 , may cause the processor  1036  to respond to a detected catastrophic drivetrain failure by activating a recovery or bailout mode  1022 . If no drivetrain failures are detected, the processor  1036  may permit the surgical instrument  1010  to continue  1027  with normal operations until an active drivetrain failure is detected. 
     Referring to  FIG. 22 , the safe mode  1022  may include one or more steps such as, for example, a motor modulation step  1026  which can be employed by the processor  1036  to limit the speed of an active drivetrain. For example, if the firing drivetrain  1016  is being actively driven by the motor  166  during a firing sequence, a detection of an acute drivetrain failure by the module  1040  may cause the processor  1036  to communicate to the motor drive circuit  1018 ′ instructions to cause the mechanical output of the motor  166  to be reduced. A reduction in the mechanical output of the motor  166  reduces the speed of the active drivetrain  1016  which ensures safe completion of the firing sequence and/or resetting of the active drivetrain  1016  to an original or starting positon. 
     Likewise, if the closure drivetrain  1014  is being actively driven by the motor  166  during a closure motion to capture tissue by the end effector  300 , a detection of an acute drivetrain failure by the module  1040  may cause the processor  1036  to communicate to the motor drive circuit  1018 ′ instructions to cause the mechanical output of motor  166  to be reduced. A reduction in the mechanical output of the motor  166  reduces the speed of the active drivetrain  1014  which ensures safe completion of the closure motion and/or resetting of the active drivetrain  1014  to an original or starting positon. Also, if the rotation drivetrain  1012  is being actively driven by the motor  166 , a detection of an acute drivetrain failure by the module  1040  may cause the processor  1036  to communicate to the motor drive circuit  1018 ′ instructions to cause the mechanical output of motor  166  to be reduced. A reduction in the mechanical output of the motor  166  reduces the speed of the active drivetrain  1012  which ensures safe completion of the rotation and/or resetting of the active drivetrain  1012  to an original or starting positon. 
     Referring to  FIG. 23 , the motor modulation step  1026  can be implemented by program instructions stored in the memory  1038  which, when executed by the processor  1036 , may cause the processor  1036  to communicate with the motor drive circuit  1018 ′, for example, to modulate a motor input voltage (Vm) of the motor  166 , for example, to reduce a speed of an active drivetrain operably coupled to the motor  166 . In at least one instance, as illustrated in  FIG. 23 , the motor modulation  1026  may comprise delivering the motor input voltage (Vm) in pulses that are spaced apart from one another by time periods (t 1 ) with no or zero motor input voltage (Vm). Alternatively, as illustrated in  FIG. 23A , the motor modulation  1026  may comprise a reduction in the motor input voltage (Vm) from a first voltage (V1) to a second voltage (V2). Delivering the motor input voltage (Vm) sparingly reduces the mechanical output of the motor  166  which, in turn, reduces or limits the speed of the active drivetrain. Reducing the speed of the active drivetrain, as described above, can slow the rotation of the drivetrain around the damaged section and/or limit the force of engagement with a tooth that follows a damaged or missing tooth. 
     The motor input voltage (Vm) pulses may each comprise a time period (t 2 ). In at least one instance, a ratio of a time period (t 2 ) to a time period (t 1 ) can be any value selected from a range of about 1/100 to about 1, for example. In at least one instance, a ratio of a time period (t 2 ) to a time period (t 1 ) can be any value selected from a range of about 1/20 to about 1/80, for example. In at least one instance, a ratio of a time period (t 2 ) to a time period (t 1 ) can be any value selected from a range of about 1/30 to about 1/60, for example. Other values of the ratio of a time period (t 2 ) to a time period (t 1 ) are contemplated by the present disclosure. 
     Referring to  FIG. 22A , in certain instances, a different or dedicated motor modulation  1026  can be implemented for each of the drivetrains  1012 ,  1014 , and/or  1016 . A logic diagram  1041  represents possible operations that can be implemented by the surgical instrument  1010  in such instances. As described above, the memory  1038  may include program instructions, which when executed by the processor  1036 , may cause the processor  1036  to employ the module  1040  to continuously detect  1023  active drivetrain failures. The memory  1038  may also include program instructions, which when executed by the processor  1036 , may cause the processor  1036  to respond to a detected  1027  acute drivetrain failure by implementing one of a firing drivetrain modulation algorithm  1043 , a closure drivetrain modulation algorithm  1045 , and a rotation drivetrain modulation algorithm  1049  depending on the type or nature of the active drivetrain when the acute failure is detected. The firing drivetrain modulation algorithm  1043 , the closure drivetrain modulation algorithm  1045 , and/or the rotation drivetrain modulation algorithm  1049  can be stored in the memory  1038 , for example. 
     Referring again to  FIG. 22 , the safe mode  1022  may also include a sensor bypass step  1028 . The surgical instrument  1010  may include a variety of sensors such as, for example, closed loop sensors that are configured to provide various data to the processor  1036  regarding the operation of the surgical instrument  1010 . In the event of an acute drivetrain failure, the data provided by such sensors may not be accurate. In response, the memory  1038  may include program instructions which, when executed by the processor  1036 , may cause the processor  1036  to respond to a detected acute drivetrain failure by bypassing input from such sensors and/or deactivating or pausing functions that are triggered in response to the input from such sensors. 
     The memory  1038  may include a sensor bypass database of a subset of sensors that are to be deactivated or ignored in the event of an acute drivetrain failure. In at least one instance, the processor  1036  may utilize the sensor bypass database to implement the sensor bypass step in the event of an acute drivetrain failure. 
     The safe mode  1022  may also include a step  1029  of alerting a user of the surgical instrument  1010  that an acute drivetrain failure has been detected, and that the surgical instrument  1010  will continue to run in the safe mode  1022  which may limit or reduce the functions available to the user, for example. The processor  1036  may employ a feedback system  1035  to issue such alerts to the user of the surgical instrument  1010 . The feedback system  1035  may include one or more feedback elements  1034  and/or one or more user input elements  1037 , for example. In certain instances, the feedback system  1035  may comprise one or more visual feedback elements including display screens, backlights, and/or LEDs, for example. In certain instances, the feedback system  1035  may comprise one or more audio feedback systems such as speakers and/or buzzers, for example. In certain instances, the feedback system  1035  may comprise one or more haptic feedback systems, for example. In certain instances, the feedback system  1035  may comprise combinations of visual, audio, and/or haptic feedback systems, for example. 
     Referring to  FIG. 24 , a logic diagram  1021 ′, which is similar in many respects to the logic diagram  1021 , represents possible operations that can be implemented by the surgical instrument  1010  in response to active drivetrain failures. In at least one instance, as illustrated in  FIG. 24 , operating the surgical instrument  1010  in the safe mode  1022  can be conditioned on obtaining an approval from a user of the surgical instrument  1010 , as illustrated in  FIG. 24 . The motor  166 , for example, can be suspended  1033  after an acute drivetrain failure is detected. The memory  1038  may include program instructions, which when executed by the processor  1036 , may cause the processor  1036  to suspend operation of an active drivetrain, in response to an acute drivetrain failure, by suspending operation of the motor  166 , for example. The motor  166  can be stopped and/or disabled by disconnecting the power source  156  from the motor  166 , for example. In various instances, a motor override circuit can be employed by the processor  1036  to stop power delivery to the motor  166 , for example. 
     After disabling the motor  166 , the processor  1036  can solicit an approval from the user to proceed in the safe mode  1022  via one or more of the feedback elements  1037 . The operator&#39;s decision can be communicated to the processor  1036  via the user input  1034 . If the operator chooses to proceed in the safe mode  1022 , the processor  1036  can reactivate the damaged drivetrain, by reactivating power transmission to the motor  166 , and proceed in the safe mode  1022 . Alternatively, if the operator chooses not to proceed in the safe mode  1022 , the processor  1036  may activate the bailout mode  1024 . 
     Referring again to  FIG. 22 , the safe mode  1022  may also include a service request step  1042  for initiating a service request in the event of an acute failure of an active drivetrain. The memory  1038  may include program instructions, which when executed by the processor  1036 , may cause the processor  1036  to respond to a detected acute drivetrain failure by initiating a service request. The request can be communicated, through any suitable mode of communication, to a servicing unit which can be in the form of an external server, for example. 
     In at least one instance, a wireless mode of communication can be employed to initiate the service request. The wireless mode of communication can include one or more of Dedicated Short Range Communication (DSRC), Bluetooth, WiFi, ZigBee, Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) and Near Field Communication (NFC). 
     The service request communication may also include any saved data in connection with the detected drivetrain failure such as, for example, the time and date of the failure, the type of the active drivetrain, and/or the surgical step during which the failure occurred. Furthermore, the feedback system  1035  may include one or more visual feedback elements such as, for example, the screen  1046  which can be employed to provide an interactive walkthrough of serviceability options and/or rebuild steps, for example. 
     Referring again to  FIG. 22 , the safe mode  1022  may also include a limited functionality step  1044 . The memory  1038  may include program instructions, which when executed by the processor  1036 , may cause the processor  1036  to respond to a detected acute drivetrain failure by limiting the functions of the surgical instrument  1010  that are available to the user. In at least one instance, processor  1036  can limit the available functions to ones that reset or return the surgical instrument  1010  to an original or starting position. For example, in the event an acute failure is detected in the firing drivetrain  1016 , the processor  1036  can be configured to suspend further advancement of the firing drivetrain  1016 , and only allow retraction of the firing drivetrain  1016  to an original or starting position. Likewise, in the event an acute failure is detected in the closure drivetrain  1014  during a closure motion of the end effector  300 , the processor  1036  can be configured to suspend further advancement of the closure drivetrain  1014 , and only allow retraction of the closure drivetrain  1014  to an original or starting position thereby releasing any captured tissue. Otherwise, functions that are not affected by the detected failure may still remain available. 
     In the event a catastrophic drivetrain failure rather than an acute drivetrain failure is detected, a bailout mode  1024  can be activated. The memory  1038  may include program instructions, which when executed by the processor  1036 , may cause the processor  1036  to respond to an acute drivetrain failure by activating the bailout mode  1024 . In at least one instance, as illustrated in  FIG. 25 , the bailout mode  1024  may include a mechanical bailout step  1046 . In the event of a catastrophic failure of an active drivetrain such as, for example, the firing drivetrain  1016 , the processor  1036  may suspend the firing drivetrain  1016  by stopping the motor  166 . In addition, the processor  1036  may employ one or more of the feedback elements  1037  to alert  1029  the user as to the detected failure and provide instructions to the user of the surgical instrument  1010  to mechanically complete the firing sequence and/or reset the firing drivetrain  1016 . 
     In the event of a catastrophic failure of an active closure drivetrain  1014 , the processor  1036  may suspend the closure drivetrain  1014  by stopping the motor  166 . In addition, the processor  1036  may employ one or more of the feedback elements  1037  to provide instructions to the user of the surgical instrument  1010  to mechanically complete the closure motion and/or reset the closure drivetrain  1014 . 
     Referring to  FIG. 19 , the surgical instrument  1010  can include a bailout door  1013  which can be opened using a bailout handle  1047 . The bailout door  1013  can be opened by a user of the surgical instrument  1010  to access a bailout assembly which can be employed to mechanically complete a firing sequence, for example, and/or reset a firing drivetrain  1016  of the surgical instrument  1010 . U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/226,142, titled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT COMPRISING A SENSOR SYSTEM, and filed Mar. 26, 2014, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,913,642, and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0089970, now U.S. Pat. No. 8,608,045, disclose bailout arrangements and other components, arrangements and systems that may also be employed with the various instruments disclosed herein. U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/226,142, titled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT COMPRISING A SENSOR SYSTEM, and filed Mar. 26, 2014, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,913,642, is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Also, U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/249,117, titled POWERED SURGICAL CUTTING AND STAPLING APPARATUS WITH MANUALLY RETRACTABLE FIRING SYSTEM, now U.S. Pat. No. 8,608,045, is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. 
     Referring again to  FIG. 25 , the bailout mode  1024  may further include of one or more of the steps described above in connection with the safe mode  1022 . For example, the bailout mode  1024  may include a sensor bypass step  1028 . The memory  1038  may include program instructions which, when executed by the processor  1036 , may cause the processor  1036  to respond to a catastrophic drivetrain failure by bypassing input from various sensors and/or deactivating or pausing functions that are triggered in response to input from such sensors. 
     The memory  1038  may include a sensor bypass database of a subset of sensors that are to be deactivated or ignored in the event of a catastrophic drivetrain failure. In at least one instance, the processor  1036  may utilize the sensor bypass database to implement the sensor bypass step in the event of a catastrophic drivetrain failure. The bailout mode  1024  may also include a service request step  1042  for initiating a service request in the event of a catastrophic failure of an active drivetrain. 
     Referring to  FIG. 26A , a surgical instrument  2010  is depicted. The surgical instrument  2010  is similar in many respects to the surgical instrument  100 . For example, the surgical instrument  2010  is configured for selective connection with the end effector or single use loading unit or reload  300  via the adapter  200 . Also, the surgical instrument  2010  includes a handle housing  102  that includes a lower housing portion  104 , an intermediate housing portion  106 , and an upper housing portion  108 . In addition, the surgical instrument  2010  includes a power pack  2012  held in the lower housing portion  104 . Like the battery  156 , the power pack  2012  is separably couplable to the surgical instrument  2010 . One or more connectors  2019  can be configured to electrically couple the power pack  2012  to the surgical instrument  2010 , as illustrated in  FIG. 28 , when the power pack  2012  is attached to the surgical instrument  2010 . The connectors  2019  facilitate communication and power exchange between the power pack  2012  and the surgical instrument  2010 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG. 26B , the lower housing portion  104  comprises resilient members  2017  and  2018  that are configured to provide a snap-fit engagement with the intermediate housing portion  106 . Other mechanisms for attaching the lower housing portion  104  to the intermediate housing portion  106  are contemplated by the present disclosure. In the aspect illustrated in  FIG. 26A , the power pack  2012  can be separated from the surgical instrument  2010  by retracting or pulling the lower housing portion  104  in a direction away from the intermediate housing portion  106 . 
     Referring to  FIGS. 26B and 28 , the power pack  2012  includes a plurality of battery cells (B1 . . . Bn)  2014  and an electronic control circuit  2016 . The battery cells  2014  are arranged in series and are electrically coupled to the electronic control circuit  2016 . Other arrangements of the battery cells  2014  are contemplated by the present disclosure. In the aspect illustrated in  FIG. 26B , the power pack  2012  includes four battery cells (B1-B4). In other aspects, as illustrated in  FIG. 28 , the power pack  2012  may include more or less than four battery cells. In various instances, the battery cells  2014  are replaceable and/or rechargeable. 
     Referring to  FIG. 27 , a method  2009  of monitoring the health of the power pack  2012  during a firing sequence of the surgical instrument  2010  is depicted. The method  2009  includes steps for responding to a detected drop in the health of the power pack  2012  below a predetermined threshold. The method  2009  comprises a step  2011  of detecting activation of the firing sequence. The method  2009  further comprises a step  2013  of monitoring the health of the power pack after detection of the activation of the firing sequence. The step of monitoring the health of the power pack  2012  may include monitoring one or more parameters associated with the power pack  2012  such as, for example, temperature, output current, and/or output voltage. In the event it is detected that the health of the power pack  2012  is partially compromised, the method  2009  further comprises at least one post detection safety and/or operational measure. For example, the method  2009  further comprises alerting a user of the surgical instrument  2010  and/or recording a damaged status of the compromised power pack  2012 . 
     In at least one instance, the method  2009  further comprises determining whether the firing sequence can be completed. In the event it is determined that the firing sequence cannot be completed, the method  2009  further comprises alerting the user of the surgical instrument  2010  and/or resetting the firing sequence. The step of resetting the firing sequence may include, among other things, retracting the drive assembly  360  to an original or starting position. In the event it is determined that the firing sequence can be completed, the method  2009  further comprises alerting the user of the surgical instrument  2010  to continue the firing sequence. In addition the method  2009  may further comprise increasing and/or prioritizing a power output of the power pack  2012  to facilitate completion of the firing sequence. Upon completion of the firing sequence, the method  9  may further comprise a step of deactivating the surgical instrument  2010 . 
     The safety and/or operational measures of the method  2009  can be employed in addressing a situation where the firing sequence has been started but is only partially completed due to a failure of the power pack  2012 . This situation generally yields a tissue region that is only partially stapled and/or resected. The method  2009  permits completion of the stapling and/or resection of the tissue region in the event the failure of the power pack  2012  is a partial failure. 
     Referring to  FIG. 28 , the power pack  2012  may employ the electronic control circuit  2016  to monitor the health of the power pack  2012  during a firing sequence of the surgical instrument  2010  and respond to a detected drop in the health of the power pack  2012  below a predetermined threshold. The electronic control circuit  2016  may include one or more sensors (S1 . . . Sn)  2015  for monitoring the health of the power pack  2012 . In the aspect illustrated in  FIG. 34 , the electronic control circuit  2016  includes a voltage sensor  2022 , a temperature sensor  2024 , and a current sensor  2026  which cooperate to monitor the health status of the power pack  2012 , as described in greater detail below. Other sensors can also be employed by the electronic control circuit  2016  to monitor the health of the power pack  2012 . 
     Further to the above, the electronic control circuit  2016  includes a microcontroller  2028  (“controller”) that is operably coupled to sensors  2015 , as illustrated in  FIG. 28 . In certain instances, the controller  2028  may include a microprocessor  2030  (“processor”) and one or more computer readable mediums or memory units  2032  (“memory”). In certain instances, the memory  2032  may store various program instructions, which when executed may cause the processor  2030  to perform a plurality of functions and/or calculations described herein such as, for example, one or more of the steps of the method  2009  depicted in  FIG. 27 . In certain instances, the memory  2032  may be coupled to the processor  2030 , for example. The battery cells  2014  can be configured to supply power to the controller  2028 , the sensors  2015 , and/or other components of the electronic control circuit  2016 , for example. Furthermore, the controller  2028  can be in communication with a main controller  2029  in the surgical instrument  2010 , as illustrated in  FIG. 28 , which can also be powered by the battery cells  2014  through the connectors  2019 . 
     The controller  2028  and/or other controllers of the present disclosure may be implemented using integrated and/or discrete hardware elements, software elements, and/or a combination of both. Examples of integrated hardware elements may include processors, microprocessors, microcontrollers, integrated circuits, ASICs, PLDs, DSPs, FPGAs, logic gates, registers, semiconductor devices, chips, microchips, chip sets, microcontrollers, SoC, and/or SIP. Examples of discrete hardware elements may include circuits and/or circuit elements such as logic gates, field effect transistors, bipolar transistors, resistors, capacitors, inductors, and/or relays. In certain instances, the controller  2028  may include a hybrid circuit comprising discrete and integrated circuit elements or components on one or more substrates, for example. 
     In certain instances, the controller  2028  and/or other controllers of the present disclosure may be an LM 4F230H5QR, available from Texas Instruments, for example. In certain instances, the Texas Instruments LM4F230H5QR is an ARM Cortex-M4F Processor Core comprising on-chip memory of 256 KB single-cycle flash memory, or other non-volatile memory, up to 40 MHz, a prefetch buffer to improve performance above 40 MHz, a 32 KB single-cycle SRAM, internal ROM loaded with StellarisWare® software, 2 KB EEPROM, one or more PWM modules, one or more QEI analog, one or more 12-bit ADC with 12 analog input channels, among other features that are readily available. Other microcontrollers may be readily substituted for use with the present disclosure. Accordingly, the present disclosure should not be limited in this context. 
     In various instances, one or more of the various steps described herein can be performed by a finite state machine comprising either a combinational logic circuit or a sequential logic circuit, where either the combinational logic circuit or the sequential logic circuit is coupled to at least one memory circuit. The at least one memory circuit stores a current state of the finite state machine. The combinational or sequential logic circuit is configured to cause the finite state machine to the steps. The sequential logic circuit may be synchronous or asynchronous. In other instances, one or more of the various steps described herein can be performed by a circuit that includes a combination of the processor  2030  and the finite state machine, for example. 
     Referring to  FIG. 28 , the electronic control circuit  2016  may further include a boost converter  2036 . As illustrated in  FIG. 28 , the battery cells  2014  are coupled to the voltage converter or a boost converter  2036 . The processor  2030  can be configured to employ the boost converter  2036  to provide a boosted voltage or step-up the voltage to maintain a minimum voltage sufficient to complete a firing sequence in the event it is determined that one or more of the battery cells  2014  is damaged or compromised during operation of the surgical instrument  2010 . 
     In at least one instance, as illustrated in  FIG. 28 , the processor  2030  can be configured to respond to a determination that one or more of the battery cells  2014  are compromised by employing a feedback system  2034  to issue an alert to a user of the surgical instrument  100 . In certain instances, the feedback system  2034  may comprise one or more visual feedback systems such as display screens, backlights, and/or LEDs, for example. In certain instances, the feedback system  2034  may comprise one or more audio feedback systems such as speakers and/or buzzers, for example. In certain instances, the feedback system  2034  may comprise one or more haptic feedback systems, for example. In certain instances, the feedback system  2034  may comprise combinations of visual, audio, and/or haptic feedback systems, for example. 
     In at least one instance, the processor  2030  is configured to respond to a determination that one or more of the battery cells  2014  are compromised by storing or recording a damaged status of the power pack  2012  in the memory  2032 . A damaged status of the power pack  2012  can also be stored in a memory  2054  of a main controller  2029  within the surgical instrument  2040 . The processor  2030  of the controller  2028  of the power pack  2012  can be in communication with the processor  2052  of the main controller  2029  to report to the main controller  2029  the damaged status of the power pack  2012 . In response to a determination that one or more of the battery cells  2014  are compromised, the processor  2052  of the main controller  2029  can be configured to reset the firing sequence by causing the drive assembly  360  to return to an original or starting position, for example. Alternatively, in certain instances, the processor  2052  can be configured to reroute power from non-essential systems of the surgical instrument  2040  to ensure completion of the firing sequence in the event of a determination that one or more of the battery cells  2014  are compromised during the firing sequence. Examples of non-essential systems may include backlit liquid crystal displays (LCDs) and/or Light-emitting diode (LED) indicators. After completion of the firing sequence, the processor  2052  of the main controller  2029  can be configured to cause the surgical instrument  2040  to be deactivated until the damaged power pack  2012  is replaced with an undamaged power pack, for example. 
     Referring to  FIG. 29 , the step  2013  of monitoring the health of the power pack  2012  may include monitoring an output voltage of the battery cells  2014 . In such instances, the sensors  2015  may include a voltage sensor which can be arranged in parallel with the battery cells  2014 . The voltage sensor can be configured to sample the output voltage of the battery cells  2014  during the firing sequence of the surgical instrument  2010 . Additional voltage readings can be obtained prior to activation of the firing sequence and/or after completion of the firing sequence. The processor  2030  can be configured to receive the voltage readings of the voltage sensor, and compare the readings to a predetermined voltage threshold (vt) that can be stored in the memory  2032 . In the event of a voltage reading, or an average of a plurality of voltage readings, that reaches and/or falls below the predetermined voltage threshold (vt), the processor  2030  may conclude that one or more of the battery cells  2014  are compromised or damaged. In response, the processor  2030  can be configured activate one or more of the safety and/or operational measures described above. 
     Referring to  FIG. 30 , the step  2013  of monitoring the health of the power pack  2012  may include monitoring the current draw from the battery cells  2014 . In such instances, the sensors  2015  may include a current sensor which can be arranged in series with the battery cells  2014 . The current sensor can be configured to sample the current draw from the battery cells  2014  during the firing sequence of the surgical instrument  2010 . Additional current readings can be obtained prior to activation of the firing sequence and/or after completion of the firing sequence. The processor  2030  can be configured to receive the current readings of the current sensor and compare the readings to a predetermined current threshold (It) that can be stored in the memory  2032 . In the event of a current reading, or an average of a plurality of current readings, that reaches and/or falls below the predetermined current threshold (It), the processor  2030  may conclude that one or more of the battery cells  2014  are compromised or damaged. In response, the processor  2030  can be configured to activate one or more of the safety and/or operational measures described above. 
     Referring to  FIG. 31 , the step  2013  of monitoring the health of the power pack  2012  may include monitoring a temperature of the battery cells  2014 . In such instances, the sensors  2015  may include one or more temperature sensors which can be positioned inside the power pack  2012  in close proximity to the battery cells  2014 . The temperature sensors can be configured to sample the temperature of the battery cells  2014  during the firing sequence of the surgical instrument  100 . Additional temperature readings can be obtained prior to activation of the firing sequence and/or after completion of the firing sequence. The processor  2030  can be configured to receive the temperature readings of the temperature sensor and compare the readings to a predetermined temperature threshold (Tt) that can be stored in the memory  2032 . In the event of a temperature reading, or an average of a plurality of temperature readings, that reaches and/or exceeds the predetermined temperature threshold (Tt), the processor  2030  may conclude that one or more of the battery cells  2014  are compromised or damaged. In response, the processor  2030  can be configured to activate one or more of the safety and/or operational measures described above. 
     Referring to  FIG. 32 , a surgical instrument  2040  is similar in many respects to the surgical instruments  2010  and  100 . The surgical instrument  2040  includes a power pack  2042 , which is similar in many respects to the power pack  2012 . In addition, the power pack  2042  includes an insulation chamber  2044  that houses the battery cells  2014 . The insulation chamber  2044  includes an insulation wall  2046  that is configured to resist heat transfer between the inside and the outside of the insulation chamber  2044 . The insulation chamber  2044  also houses one or more temperature sensors  2024  that are configured to sample an internal temperature inside the insulation chamber  2044  during the firing sequence of the surgical instrument  2040 . Additional temperature sensors  2024 ′ are positioned outside the insulation chamber  2044  to sample an external temperature outside the insulation chamber  2044  during the firing sequence of the surgical instrument  2040 . 
     The processor  2030  is configured to receive the external and internal temperature readings of the temperature sensors  2024 ′ and  2024 , respectively. In addition, the processor  30  is configured to apply an algorithm, which can be stored in the memory  2032 , to quantitatively compare the received external and internal temperature readings. In the event an internal temperature reading, or an average of a plurality of internal temperature readings, exceeds a simultaneously taken external temperature reading, or an average of a plurality of external temperature readings, by a predetermined temperature threshold (Tt), which can be stored in the memory  2032 , the processor  2030  may conclude that one or more of the battery cells  2014  are compromised or damaged. In response, the processor  2030  can be configured to activate one or more of the safety and/or operational measures described above. 
     In certain instances, the internal temperature sensors  2024  and the external temperature sensors  2024 ′ of the surgical instrument  2040  can be arranged in a Wheatstone bridge circuit  2048 , as illustrated in  FIG. 33 . A voltage sensor  2022  can be employed to measure the voltage across the Wheatstone bridge circuit  2048 . The processor  2030  can be configured to receive the voltage readings of the voltage sensor  2022 . In the event of a voltage reading, or an average of a plurality of voltage readings, that reaches and/or exceeds a predetermined voltage threshold (vt), the processor  2030  may conclude that one or more of the battery cells  2014  are compromised or damaged. In response, the processor  2030  can be configured activate one or more of the safety and/or operational measures described above. 
     In the aspect illustrated in  FIG. 34 , the electronic control circuit  2016  includes a voltage sensor  2022 , a temperature sensor  2024 , and a current sensor  2026  which cooperate to monitor the health status of the power pack  2012 . The voltage sensor  2022  can be configured to monitor an output voltage of the battery cells  2014  while the current sensor  2026  and the temperature sensor  2024  simultaneously measure a current draw from the battery cells  2014  and a temperature of the battery cells  2014 , respectively. In at least one instance, the processor  30  is configured to receive readings from the voltage sensor  2022 , the temperature sensor  2024 , and the current sensor  2026  during the firing sequence of the surgical instrument  2010 . Additional readings can also be obtained prior to activation of the firing sequence and/or after completion of the firing sequence. 
       FIG. 35  is a logic diagram for assessing the health status of a power pack based on the sensor readings, according to at least one aspect of the present disclosure. Referring to  FIG. 35 , further to the above, the processor  2030  is configured to apply an algorithm  2050 , which can be stored in the memory  2032 , to assess the health status of the power pack  2012  based on the readings obtained from the voltage sensor  2022 , the temperature sensor  2024 , and the current sensor  2026 . First, the processor  2030  is configured to determine whether the voltage reading received from the voltage sensor  2022  reaches or falls below a predetermined voltage threshold (Vt) stored in the memory  2032 . Second, if the processor  2030  determines that the voltage reading reaches or falls below the predetermined voltage threshold (Vt), the processor  2030  is configured to further determine whether the current reading received from the current sensor  2026  reaches or falls below the predetermined current threshold (It) stored in the memory  2032 . Third, if the processor  2030  determines that the current reading reaches or falls below the predetermined current threshold (It), the processor  2030  is further configured to determine whether the temperature reading received from the temperature sensor  2024  reaches or exceeds the predetermined temperature threshold (Tt) stored in the memory  2032 . If any of the three conditions is not met, the processor  2030  may continue to monitor the health of the power pack  2012 . However, if all of the three conditions are met, the processor  2030  may conclude that one or more of the battery cells  2014  are compromised or damaged. In response, the processor  2030  can be configured to activate one or more of the safety and/or operational measures described above. In at least one instance, if two of the three conditions are met the processor  2030  may conclude that one or more of the battery cells  2014  are compromised or damaged. 
     Referring to  FIGS. 36-36B , a surgical instrument  3010  is depicted. The surgical instrument  3010  is similar in many respects to the surgical instrument  100 . For example, the surgical instrument  3010  is configured for selective connection with the end effector or single use loading unit or reload  300  via the adapter  200 . Also, the surgical instrument  3010  includes the handle housing  102  including the lower housing portion  104 , the intermediate housing portion  106 , and the upper housing portion  108 . In addition, the surgical instrument  3010  further includes a replaceable motor cartridge  3012 , as illustrated in  FIG. 37 . The motor cartridge  3012  is separably couplable to the surgical instrument  3010 . A motor access door  3013  ( FIG. 36 ) can be opened to obtain access to the motor cartridge  3012 . Once the motor access door  3013  is opened, the motor cartridge  3012  can be removed and replaced with another motor cartridge. 
     As described in greater delay below, the surgical instrument  3010  is configured to detect a damaged motor cartridge  3012  and, in certain instances, instruct an operator of the surgical instrument  3010  to replace the damaged motor cartridge  3012  with an undamaged motor cartridge  3012 . The ability to replace a motor cartridge  3012  is quite useful at least because it allows for an improved repair capability since a damaged motor cartridge  3012  can be readily replaced with an undamaged motor cartridge  3012 . In absence of the ability to replace a damaged motor cartridge  3012 , the surgical instrument  3010  may be rendered inoperable even though the majority of the components of the surgical instrument  3010  are in good operating condition. The ability to replace a motor cartridge  3012  is also useful in allowing modularity in new product designs, and simplifying installation of hardware upgrades as part of life cycle improvements. For example, a first generation motor cartridge can be readily replaced with an upgraded second generation motor cartridge. Motor cartridges can also be swapped between surgical instruments that employ the same type of motor cartridge, for example. 
     The motor cartridge  3012  comprises a housing  3014  which includes high current components of the surgical instrument  3010  such as, for example, at least one motor  3016  and at least one motor circuit board  3018 . Since high current components of the surgical instrument  3010  are more susceptible to damage than low current components such as a main control circuit board  3019  and various feedback systems, it is desirable to be able to readily replace the high current components by replacing the motor cartridge  3012 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG. 38 , the motor cartridge  3012  is releasably coupled to the surgical instrument  3010 . An interface  3021  between the motor cartridge  3012  and the surgical instrument  3010  comprises a mechanical component represented by mechanical connectors  3022 ,  3023 ,  3024 , and  3025 , a power/communication transmission component represented by electrical connectors  3026 ,  3028 ,  3030 , and  3032 . In at least one instance, the main control circuit board  3019  comprises a receiver  3053  which can be in the form of a socket, as illustrated in  FIG. 36B . The receiver  3053  can be configured to receive the connectors  3028  and  3032 , for example, to electrically couple the main control circuit board  3019  to the circuit boards  3018  and  3018 ′. In certain instances, the interface  3021  may comprise one or more switches which can be activated after coupling engagement of the motor cartridge  3012  and the surgical instrument  3010 . Various suitable connectors are described in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2014/0305990, filed Apr. 16, 2013, and titled DRIVE SYSTEM DECOUPLING ARRANGEMENT FORA SURGICAL INSTRUMENT, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,136,887, which is hereby incorporated by reference herein in its entirety. 
     In the aspect illustrated in  FIG. 38 , the motor cartridge  3012  includes two motors  3016  and  3016 ′ which are controlled by separate motor control circuit boards  3018  and  3018 ′. Alternatively, the motors  3016  and  3016 ′ can be controlled by one motor control circuit board. In certain instances, two or more separate motor cartridges can be employed with the surgical instrument  3010 , wherein each motor cartridge includes at least one motor and at least one motor control circuit board for controlling the at least one motor, for example. For the sake of brevity, the following discussion will focus on the motor  3016  and the control circuit board  3018 ; however, the following discussion is also applicable to the motor  3016 ′ and the control circuit board  3018 ′. 
     The motor  3016  may be any electrical motor configured to actuate one or more drives (e.g., rotatable drive connector  3024  of  FIG. 36B ). The motor  3016  is powered by a power source  3034  in the surgical instrument  3010 . Electrical energy is transmitted to the motor  3016  through the interface  3021 . The power source  3034  may be a DC battery (e.g., rechargeable lead-based, nickel-based, lithium-ion based, battery etc.), an AC/DC transformer, or any other power source suitable for providing electrical energy to the motor  3016 . When the motor cartridge  3012  is coupled to the surgical instrument  3010 , the power source  3034  and the motor  3016  are coupled to the motor control circuit  3018  which controls the operation of the motor  3016  including the flow of electrical energy from the power source  3034  to the motor  3016 . 
     Referring to  FIG. 38 , the main control circuit board  3019  includes a microcontroller  3020  (“controller”). In certain instances, the controller  3020  may include a microprocessor  3036  (“processor”) and one or more computer readable mediums or memory units  3038  (“memory”). In certain instances, the memory  3038  may store various program instructions, which when executed may cause the processor  3036  to perform a plurality of functions and/or calculations described herein. The power source  3034  can be configured to supply power to the controller  3020  and/or other components of the main control circuit board  3019 , for example. 
     The controller  3020  and/or other controllers of the present disclosure may be implemented using integrated and/or discrete hardware elements, software elements, and/or a combination of both. Examples of integrated hardware elements may include processors, microprocessors, microcontrollers, integrated circuits, ASICs, PLDs, DSPs, FPGAs, logic gates, registers, semiconductor devices, chips, microchips, chip sets, microcontrollers, SoC, and/or SIP. Examples of discrete hardware elements may include circuits and/or circuit elements such as logic gates, field effect transistors, bipolar transistors, resistors, capacitors, inductors, and/or relays. In certain instances, the controller  3020  may include a hybrid circuit comprising discrete and integrated circuit elements or components on one or more substrates, for example. 
     In certain instances, the controller  3020  and/or other controllers of the present disclosure may be an LM 4F230H5QR, available from Texas Instruments, for example. In certain instances, the Texas Instruments LM4F230H5QR is an ARM Cortex-M4F Processor Core comprising on-chip memory of 256 KB single-cycle flash memory, or other non-volatile memory, up to 40 MHz, a prefetch buffer to improve performance above 40 MHz, a 32 KB single-cycle SRAM, internal ROM loaded with StellarisWare® software, 2 KB EEPROM, one or more PWM modules, one or more QEI analog, one or more 12-bit ADC with 12 analog input channels, among other features that are readily available. Other microcontrollers may be readily substituted for use with the present disclosure. Accordingly, the present disclosure should not be limited in this context. 
     In various instances, one or more of the various steps described herein can be performed by a finite state machine comprising either a combinational logic circuit or a sequential logic circuit, where either the combinational logic circuit or the sequential logic circuit is coupled to at least one memory circuit. The at least one memory circuit stores a current state of the finite state machine. The combinational or sequential logic circuit is configured to cause the finite state machine to the steps. The sequential logic circuit may be synchronous or asynchronous. In other instances, one or more of the various steps described herein can be performed by a circuit that includes a combination of the processor  3036  and the finite state machine, for example. 
       FIG. 39  depicts a logic diagram  3070  representative of possible operations that can be implemented by the surgical instrument  3010 , for example, to monitor the health of a motor cartridge  3012  and respond to a detected motor cartridge malfunction. A motor activation signal can be received  3072  by the processor  3036  from an actuator  3042  of the surgical instrument  3010 . The actuator  3042  can be a switch that is configured to close or open a circuit upon actuation of the actuator  3042 . The closure or opening of the circuit can signal the processor  3036  that the actuator  3042  has been actuated. In at least one instance, the actuator  3042  can be in the form of a firing trigger which can be actuated by an operator to activate a firing sequence of the surgical instrument  3010 , for example. In another instance, the actuator  3042  can be in the form of a closure trigger which can be actuated by an operator to close an end effector  300  of the surgical instrument  3010 , for example. In another instance, the actuator  3042  can be in the form of a rotation trigger which can be actuated by an operator to rotate an end effector  300  of the surgical instrument  3010 , for example. 
     Upon receipt of the activation signal, the processor  3036  may signal  3074  the motor control circuit board  3018  to activate the motor  3016 . The health of the motor cartridge  3012  can be continuously monitored  3076  while the actuator  3042  is actuated. Under normal operating conditions, as illustrated in  FIG. 38 , the motor  3016  draws current from the power source  3034  and generates rotational motion(s) that are transmitted through the interface  3021  to the drive mechanism  160  in response to the actuation of the actuator  3042 . If, however, a malfunction in the motor cartridge  3012  is detected  3078 , one or more safety and/or operational measures can be activated  3079 , as described in greater detail below. Otherwise, the motor cartridge health is continuously monitored  3076  while the actuator  3042  is actuated until a malfunction is detected  3078 . 
       FIG. 40  depicts a logic diagram  3080  representative of possible operations that can be implemented by the surgical instrument  3010 , for example, to monitor the health of a motor cartridge  3012  and respond to a detected motor cartridge malfunction. A motor activation signal can be received  3082  by the processor  3036  from an actuator  3042  of the surgical instrument  3010 . Upon receipt of the activation signal, the processor  3036  may signal  3084  the motor control circuit board  3018  to activate the motor  3016 . At  3086 , the health of the motor cartridge  3012  can be continuously monitored, while the actuator  3042  is actuated, by monitoring the current draw of the motor cartridge  3012 . As illustrated in  FIG. 38 , the current draw of the motor cartridge  3012  can be monitored by one or more current sensors  3040 . Sensed current readings can be communicated to the processor  3036  by the current sensor  3040 . At  3088 , if the current draw of the motor cartridge  3012 , while the actuator  3042  is actuated, becomes outside a predetermined value or range, the processor  3036  can conclude that a malfunction of the motor cartridge  3012  is detected  3088 . If a malfunction in the motor cartridge  3012  is detected  3088 , one or more safety and/or operational measures can be activated  3089 , as described in greater detail below. Otherwise, the motor cartridge health is continuously monitored  3086  while the actuator  3042  is actuated until a malfunction is detected  3088 . 
     The predetermined value or range can be stored in the memory  3038 , for example. In the event a predetermined range is stored in the memory  3038 , the processor  3036  may access the memory  3038  to compare a current reading, or an average of a plurality of current readings, of the current sensor  3040  to the predetermined range. If the current reading is greater than or equal to a maximum value of the predetermined range, the processor  3036  may conclude that a malfunction of the motor cartridge  3012  is detected  3088 . Also, if the current reading is less than or equal a minimum value of the predetermined range, the processor  3036  may conclude that a malfunction of the motor cartridge  3012  is detected  3088 . 
     Likewise, in the event a stored value is stored in the memory  3038 , the processor  3036  may access the memory  3038  to compare a current reading, or an average of a plurality of current readings, of the current sensor  3040  to the predetermined value. If the current reading is greater than or equal to the predetermined value, for example, or less than or equal to the predetermined value, for example, the processor  3036  may conclude that a malfunction of the motor cartridge  3012  is detected  3088 . 
     In at least one instance, the processor  3036  may conclude that a malfunction of the motor cartridge  3012  is detected if the current draw of the motor cartridge  3012 , while the actuator  4302  is activated, is less than or equal to 10% of the predetermined value. In at least one instance, the processor  3036  may conclude that a malfunction of the motor cartridge  3012  is detected if the current draw of the motor cartridge  3012 , while the actuator  3042  is activated, is less than or equal to 20% of the predetermined value. In at least one instance, the processor  3036  may conclude that a malfunction of the motor cartridge  3012  is detected if the current draw of the motor cartridge  3012 , while the actuator  3042  is actuated, is greater than or equal to 150% of the predetermined value. In at least one instance, the processor  3036  may conclude that a malfunction of the motor cartridge  3012  is detected if the current draw of the motor cartridge  3012 , while the actuator  3042  is actuated, is greater than or equal to 200% of the predetermined value. 
     As indicated above, the processor  3036  can be configured to respond to a detected malfunction of the motor cartridge  3012  by activating ( 79  and  89 ) one or more safety and/or operational measures. For example, the processor  3036  may employ one or more feedback elements  3044  to issue an alert to an operator of the surgical instrument  3010 . In certain instances, the feedback elements  3044  may comprise one or more visual feedback systems such as display screens, backlights, and/or LEDs, for example. In certain instances, the feedback elements  3044  may comprise one or more audio feedback systems such as speakers and/or buzzers, for example. In certain instances, the feedback elements  3044  may comprise one or more haptic feedback systems, for example. In certain instances, the feedback elements  3044  may comprise combinations of visual, audio, and/or haptic feedback systems, for example. 
     Further to the above, the processor  3036  may employ a feedback screen  3046  ( FIG. 36B ) of the surgical instrument  3010  to provide instructions to an operator for how to replace the motor cartridge  3012 , for example. In addition, the processor  3036  may respond to a detected malfunction of the motor cartridge  3012  by storing or recording a damaged status of the motor cartridge  3012  in the memory  3038 . 
     In at least one instance, the processor  3036  may disable the surgical instrument  3010  until the damaged motor cartridge  3012  is replaced with an undamaged motor cartridge. Tor example, the memory  3038  may include program instructions, which when executed by the processor  3036  in response to a detected malfunction of the motor cartridge  3012 , may cause the processor  3036  to ignore input from the actuator  3042  until the damaged motor cartridge  3012  is replaced. A motor cartridge replacement feedback element  3058  can be employed to alert the processor  3036  when the motor cartridge  3012  is replaced, as described in greater detail below. 
     Referring primarily to  FIGS. 36A and 38 , the surgical instrument  3010  may include a motor access door  3013 . The motor access door  3013  can be releasably locked to the handle housing  102  to control access to the motor cartridge  3012 . As illustrated in  FIG. 36A , the motor access door  3013  may include a locking mechanism such as, for example, a snap-type locking mechanism  3047  for locking engagement with the handle housing  102 . Other locking mechanisms for locking the motor access door  3013  to the handle housing  102  are contemplated by the present disclosure. In use, a clinician may obtain access to the motor cartridge  3012  by unlocking the locking mechanism  3047  and opening the motor access door  3013 . In at least one example, the motor access door  3013  can be separably coupled to the handle housing  102  and can be detached from the handle housing  102  to provide access to the motor access door  3013 , for example. In another example, the motor access door  3013  can be pivotally coupled to the handle housing  102  via hinges (not shown) and can be pivoted relative to the handle housing  102  to provide access to the motor access door  3013 , for example. In yet another example, the motor access door  3013  can be a sliding door which can be slidably movable relative to the handle housing  102  to provide access to the motor access door  3013 . 
     Referring again to  FIG. 38 , in certain instances, a motor door feedback element  3048  can be configured to alert the processor  3036  that the locking mechanism  3047  is unlocked. In at least one example, the motor door feedback element  3048  may comprise a switch circuit (not shown) operably coupled to the processor  3036 ; the switch circuit can be configured to be transitioned to an open configuration when the locking mechanism  3047  is unlocked by a clinician and/or transitioned to a closed configuration when the locking mechanism  3047  is locked by the clinician, for example. In at least one example, the motor door feedback element  3048  may comprise at least one sensor (not shown) operably coupled to the processor  3036 ; the sensor can be configured to be triggered when the locking mechanism  3047  is transitioned to unlocked and/or locked configurations by the clinician, for example. The motor door feedback element  3048  may include other means for detecting the locking and/or unlocking of the locking mechanism  3047  by the clinician. 
     Referring to  FIGS. 38 and 41 , the controller  3020  may comprise one or more embedded applications implemented as firmware, software, hardware, or any combination thereof. In certain instances, the controller  3020  may comprise various executable modules such as software, programs, data, drivers, and/or application program interfaces (APIs), for example.  FIG. 41  depicts an example module  3050  that can be stored in the memory  3038 , for example. The module  3050  can be executed by the processor  3036 , for example, to alert, guide, and/or provide feedback to a user of the surgical instrument  3010  with regard to replacing a motor cartridge  3012 . 
     As illustrated in  FIG. 41 , the module  3050  is executed by the processor  3036  to provide the user with instructions as to how to replace a motor cartridge  3012 , for example. In various instances, the module  3050  may comprise one or more decision-making steps such as, for example, a decision-making step  3052  with regard to the detection of one or more errors requiring replacement of the motor cartridge  3012 . In at least one instance, as described above in greater detail, the processor  3036  is configured to detect an error requiring replacement of the motor cartridge  3012  when the current draw of the motor cartridge  3012 , while the actuator  3042  is actuated, is outside a predetermined range, for example. 
     When the processor  3036  detects an error in the decision-making step  52 , the processor  3036  may respond by stopping and/or disabling the motor  3016 , for example. In addition, in certain instances, the processor  3036  may also store a damaged status of the motor cartridge  3012  in the memory  3038  after detecting the motor cartridge error, as illustrated in  FIG. 42 . As described above, the memory  3038  can be a non-volatile memory which may preserve the stored status when the surgical instrument  3010  is reset by the user, for example. In various instances, the motor  3016  can be stopped and/or disabled by disconnecting the power source  3034  from the motor  3016 , for example. In various instances, the main control circuit board  3019  may include a motor override circuit which can be employed by the processor  3036  to stop power delivery to the motor cartridge  3012 , for example. The step of stopping the motor  3016  and/or stopping power delivery to the motor cartridge  3012  can be advantageous in preventing, or at least reducing, the possibility of further damage to the surgical instrument  3010 , for example. 
     Further to the above, referring still to  FIG. 41 , the module  3050  may include a decision-making step  3054  for detecting whether the motor access door  3013  is removed. As described above, the processor  3036  can be operationally coupled to the motor door feedback element  3048  which can be configured to alert the processor  3036  as to whether the motor access door  3013  is removed. In certain instances, the processor  3036  can be programmed to detect that the motor access door  3013  is removed when the motor door feedback element  3048  reports that the locking mechanism  3047  is unlocked, for example. In certain instances, the processor  3036  can be programmed to detect that the motor access door  3013  is removed when the motor door feedback element  3048  reports that the motor access door  3013  is opened, for example. In certain instances, the processor  3036  can be programmed to detect that the motor access door  3013  is removed when the motor door feedback element  3048  reports that the locking mechanism  3047  is unlocked and that the motor access door  3013  is opened, for example. 
     Referring still to  FIG. 41 , when the processor  3036  does not detect a motor cartridge error in the decision-making step  3052  and does not detect that the motor access door  3013  is removed in the decision-making step  3054 , the processor  3036  may not interrupt the normal operation of the surgical instrument  3010  and may proceed with various clinical algorithms. However, the processor  3036  may continue to detect errors requiring replacement of the motor cartridge  3012 . 
     In certain instances, when the processor  3036  does not detect a motor cartridge error in the decision-making step  3052  but detects that the motor access door  3013  is removed in the decision-making step  3054 , the processor  3036  may respond by stopping and/or disabling the motor  3016 , as described above. In addition, the processor  3036  may also provide the user with instructions to reinstall the motor access door  3013 . In certain instances, when the processor  3036  detects that the motor access door  3013  is reinstalled, while no motor cartridge error is detected, the processor  3036  can be configured to reconnect the power to the motor  3016  and allow the user to continue with clinical algorithms, as illustrated in  FIG. 41 . 
     Further to the above, when the processor  3036  detects a motor cartridge error and further detects removal of the motor access door  3013 , the processor  3036  can signal the user to replace the motor cartridge  3012  by providing the user with a visual, audio, and/or tactile feedback, for example. In certain instances, the processor  3036  can signal the user of the surgical instrument  3010  to replace the motor cartridge  3012  by flashing a backlight of the feedback screen  3046 . In any event, the processor  3036  may provide the user with instructions to replace the motor cartridge  3012 , as illustrated in  FIG. 41 . 
     Referring again to  FIG. 41 , in various instances, the instructions provided by the processor  3036  to the user to remove the motor access door  3013  and/or to replace the motor cartridge  3012  may comprise one or more steps; the steps may be presented to the user in a chronological order. The steps may comprise actions to be performed by the user. In such instances, the user may proceed through the steps by performing the actions presented in each of the steps. In certain instances, the actions required in one or more of the steps can be presented to the user in the form of animated images displayed on the feedback screen  3046  ( FIG. 36B ), for example. In certain instances, one or more of the steps can be presented to the user as messages which may include words, symbols, and/or images. 
     Further to the above, referring still to  FIG. 41 , the module  3050  may include a decision-making step  3056  for detecting whether the motor cartridge  3012  has been replaced. In at least one instance, the user of the surgical instrument  3010  is requested to alert the processor  3036  when the motor cartridge  3012  has been replaced using one or more of the user feedback elements  3044 , for example. Alternatively, as illustrated in  FIG. 38 , the processor  3036  can be operationally coupled to a motor cartridge replacement feedback element  3058  which can be configured to alert the processor  3036  when the motor cartridge  3012  is replaced. In at least one instance, the motor cartridge replacement feedback element  3058  includes one or more sensors and/or switches which can be triggered when the motor cartridge  3012  is removed and/or replaced to alert the processor  36  when the motor cartridge  3012  has been removed and/or replaced. 
     In at least one instance, the motor cartridge replacement feedback element  3058  includes a pressure sensor positioned at the interface  3021  between the surgical instrument  3010  and the motor cartridge  3012 . The processor  3036  can be configured to employ the pressure sensor of the motor cartridge replacement feedback element  3058  to detect when the motor cartridge  3012  has been removed and/or replaced. In at least one instance, the processor  3036  can be configured to employ the pressure sensor of the motor cartridge replacement feedback element  3058  to detect a threshold-setting pressure reading when the motor cartridge  3012  is installed with the surgical instrument  3010 . The threshold-setting pressure reading can be used to set a predetermined threshold which can be stored in the memory  3038 . Alternatively, the predetermined threshold can be calculated and stored in the memory  3036  independent of any readings obtained by the pressure sensor. 
     Further to the above, the processor  3036  can be configured to conclude that an installed motor cartridge  3012  has been removed when one or more pressure readings detected by the pressure sensor of the motor cartridge replacement feedback element  3058  are less than or equal to the predetermined threshold. The processor  3036  can also be configured to conclude that a replacement motor cartridge  3012  has been installed when subsequent pressure readings detected by the pressure sensor of the motor cartridge replacement feedback element  3058  become greater than or equal to the predetermined threshold, for example. 
     Further to the above, still referring to  FIG. 41 , once it is determined that the motor cartridge  3012  has been replaced, the processor  3036  can be configured to instruct the user to reinstall the motor access door  3013 . Upon subsequent detection that the motor access door  3013  has been installed, the processor  3036  can be configured to allow power transmission to the installed replacement motor cartridge  3012 . In certain instances, the processor  3036  is further configured to employ one or more of the user feedback elements  3044  to alert the use of successful installation of the replacement motor cartridge  3012  and/or that the surgical instrument  3010  is now ready to continue with various clinical algorithms. 
     In various instances, the motor access door  3013  can be replaced with a motor access member or a motor securement member configured to secure the motor cartridge  3012  to the handle housing  102 . Alternatively, the motor access door  3013  can be removed completely or integrated into the housing  3014  of the motor cartridge  3012  such that the motor cartridge  3012  can be readily removed or separated from the surgical instrument  3010  by pulling or retracting the motor cartridge  3012  away from the handle housing  102 , for example. In at least one instance, in the absence of a motor access door, an outer wall  3059  ( FIG. 37 ) of the housing  3014  of the motor cartridge  3012  can be configured to form a portion of an outer wall of the handle housing  102  of the surgical instrument  3010  when the motor cartridge  3012  is installed with the surgical instrument  3010 . In such instances, the outer wall  3059  may include an attachment portion (not shown) that can be grabbed by a user of the surgical instrument and pulled to facilitate separating the motor cartridge  3012  from the handle housing  102 , for example. 
       FIG. 42  depicts an example module  3060  which can be stored in the memory  38 , for example. The module  3060  is similar in many respects to the module  3050 . For example, the module  3060  can also be executed by the processor  3036 , for example, to alert, guide, and/or provide feedback to a user of the surgical instrument  3010  with regard to replacing a motor cartridge  3012 ; however, the module  3060  is implemented when the a motor access door feature is not used. 
     As illustrated in  FIG. 41 , the module  3050  is executed by the processor  3036  to provide the user with instructions as to how to replace a motor cartridge  3012 , for example. In various instances, the module  3050  may comprise one or more decision-making steps such as, for example, a decision-making step  3052  with regard to the detection of one or more errors requiring replacement of the motor cartridge  3012 . In at least one instance, as described above in greater detail, the processor  3036  is configured to detect an error requiring replacement of the motor cartridge  3012  when the current draw of the motor cartridge  3012 , while the actuator  3042  is activated, is outside a predetermined range, for example. 
     Like the module  3050 , the module  3060  also includes one or more decision-making steps such as, for example, the decision-making step  3052  with regard to the detection of one or more errors requiring replacement of the motor cartridge  3012 . When the processor  3036  detects an error in the decision-making step  3052 , the processor  3036  may respond by stopping and/or disabling the motor  3016 , for example. In addition, in certain instances, the processor  3036  also may store a damaged status of the motor cartridge  3012  in the memory  3038  after detecting the motor cartridge error, as illustrated in  FIG. 42 . 
     Further to the above, when the processor  3036  detects a motor cartridge error, the processor  3036  can signal the user to replace the motor cartridge  3012  by providing the user with a visual, audio, and/or tactile feedback, for example. In certain instances, the processor  3036  can signal the user of the surgical instrument  3010  to replace the motor cartridge  3012  by flashing a backlight of the feedback screen  3046 . In any event, the processor  36  may provide the user with instructions to replace the motor cartridge  3012 , as illustrated in  FIG. 42 . Furthermore, the module  3060  includes the decision-making step  3056  for detecting whether the motor cartridge  3012  has been replaced, as describe above in greater detail. In addition, once it is determined that the motor cartridge  3012  has been replaced, the processor  3036  can be configured to allow power transmission to the installed replacement motor cartridge  3012 . The processor  3036  can be further configured to employ one or more of the user feedback elements  3044  to alert the user of successful installation of the replacement motor cartridge  3012 . 
     Referring to  FIGS. 43-44 , a surgical instrument  4010  is depicted. The surgical instrument  4010  is similar in many respects to the surgical instrument  100 . For example, the surgical instrument  4010  is configured for selective connection with the end effector or single use loading unit or reload  300  via the adapter  200 . Also, the surgical instrument  4010  includes a handle housing  102  that includes a lower housing portion  104 , an intermediate housing portion  106 , and an upper housing portion  108 . 
     Like the surgical instrument  100 , the surgical instrument  4010  includes a drive mechanism  160  which is configured to drive shafts and/or gear components in order to perform the various operations of surgical instrument  4010 . In at least one instance, the drive mechanism  160  includes a rotation drivetrain  4012  (See  FIG. 44 ) configured to rotate end effector  300  about a longitudinal axis “X” (see  FIG. 2 ) relative to handle housing  102 . The drive mechanism  160  further includes a closure drivetrain  4014  (See  FIG. 44 ) configured to move the anvil assembly  306  relative to the cartridge assembly  308  of the end effector  300  to capture tissue therebetween. In addition, the drive mechanism  160  includes a firing drivetrain  4016  (See  FIG. 44 ) configured to fire a stapling and cutting cartridge within the cartridge assembly  308  of the end effector  300 . 
     As described above, referring primarily to  FIGS. 7, 8, and 44 , the drive mechanism  160  includes a selector gearbox assembly  162  that can be located immediately proximal relative to adapter  200 . Proximal to the selector gearbox assembly  162  is the function selection module  163  which includes the first motor  164  that functions to selectively move gear elements within the selector gearbox assembly  162  to selectively position one of the drivetrains  4012 ,  4014 , and  4016  into engagement with the input drive component  165  of the second motor  166 . 
     Referring to  FIG. 44 , the motors  164  and  166  are coupled to motor control circuits  4018  and  4018 ′, respectively, which are configured to control the operation of the motors  164  and  166  including the flow of electrical energy from a power source  156  to the motors  164  and  166 . The power source  156  may be a DC battery (e.g., rechargeable lead-based, nickel-based, lithium-ion based, battery etc.), an AC/DC transformer, or any other power source suitable for providing electrical energy to the surgical instrument  4010 . 
     The surgical instrument  4010  further includes a microcontroller  4020  (“controller”). In certain instances, the controller  4020  may include a microprocessor  4036  (“processor”) and one or more computer readable mediums or memory units  4038  (“memory”). In certain instances, the memory  4038  may store various program instructions, which when executed may cause the processor  4036  to perform a plurality of functions and/or calculations described herein. The power source  156  can be configured to supply power to the controller  4020 , for example. 
     The processor  4036  can be in communication with the motor control circuit  4018 . In addition, the memory  4038  may store program instructions, which when executed by the processor  4036  in response to a user input  4034 , may cause the motor control circuit  4018  to motivate the motor  164  to generate at least one rotational motion to selectively move gear elements within the selector gearbox assembly  162  to selectively position one of the drivetrains  4012 ,  4014 , and  4016  into engagement with the input drive component  165  of the second motor  166 . Furthermore, the processor  4036  can be in communication with the motor control circuit  4018 ′. The memory  4038  may also store program instructions, which when executed by the processor  4036  in response to a user input  4034 , may cause the motor control circuit  4018 ′ to motivate the motor  166  to generate at least one rotational motion to drive the drivetrain engaged with the input drive component  165  of the second motor  166 , for example. 
     The controller  4020  and/or other controllers of the present disclosure may be implemented using integrated and/or discrete hardware elements, software elements, and/or a combination of both. Examples of integrated hardware elements may include processors, microprocessors, microcontrollers, integrated circuits, ASICs, PLDs, DSPs, FPGAs, logic gates, registers, semiconductor devices, chips, microchips, chip sets, microcontrollers, SoC, and/or SIP. Examples of discrete hardware elements may include circuits and/or circuit elements such as logic gates, field effect transistors, bipolar transistors, resistors, capacitors, inductors, and/or relays. In certain instances, the controller  4020  may include a hybrid circuit comprising discrete and integrated circuit elements or components on one or more substrates, for example. 
     In certain instances, the controller  4020  and/or other controllers of the present disclosure may be an LM 4F230H5QR, available from Texas Instruments, for example. In certain instances, the Texas Instruments LM4F230H5QR is an ARM Cortex-M4F Processor Core comprising on-chip memory of 256 KB single-cycle flash memory, or other non-volatile memory, up to 40 MHz, a prefetch buffer to improve performance above 40 MHz, a 32 KB single-cycle SRAM, internal ROM loaded with StellarisWare® software, 2 KB EEPROM, one or more PWM modules, one or more QEI analog, one or more 12-bit ADC with 12 analog input channels, among other features that are readily available. Other microcontrollers may be readily substituted for use with the present disclosure. Accordingly, the present disclosure should not be limited in this context. 
     In various instances, one or more of the various steps described herein can be performed by a finite state machine comprising either a combinational logic circuit or a sequential logic circuit, where either the combinational logic circuit or the sequential logic circuit is coupled to at least one memory circuit. The at least one memory circuit stores a current state of the finite state machine. The combinational or sequential logic circuit is configured to cause the finite state machine to the steps. The sequential logic circuit may be synchronous or asynchronous. In other instances, one or more of the various steps described herein can be performed by a circuit that includes a combination of the processor  4036  and the finite state machine, for example. 
     In various instances, it can be advantageous to be able to assess the state of the functionality of a surgical instrument to ensure its proper function. It is possible, for example, for the drive mechanism, as explained above, which is configured to include various motors, drivetrains, and/or gear components in order to perform the various operations of the surgical instrument  4010 , to wear out over time. This can occur through normal use, and in some instances the drive mechanism can wear out faster due to abuse conditions. In certain instances, a surgical instrument  4010  can be configured to perform self-assessments to determine the state, e.g. health, of the drive mechanism and it various components. 
     For example, the self-assessment can be used to determine when the surgical instrument  4010  is capable of performing its function before a re-sterilization or when some of the components should be replaced and/or repaired. Assessment of the drive mechanism and its components, including but not limited to the rotation drivetrain  4012 , the closure drivetrain  4014 , and/or the firing drivetrain  4016 , can be accomplished in a variety of ways. The magnitude of deviation from a predicted performance can be used to determine the likelihood of a sensed failure and the severity of such failure. Several metrics can be used including: Periodic analysis of repeatably predictable events, Peaks or drops that exceed an expected threshold, and width of the failure. 
     In various instances, a signature waveform of a properly functioning drive mechanism or one or more of its components can be employed to assess the state of the drive mechanism or the one or more of its components. One or more vibration sensors can be arranged with respect to a properly functioning drive mechanism or one or more of its components to record various vibrations that occur during operation of the properly functioning drive mechanism or the one or more of its components. The recorded vibrations can be employed to create the signature waveform. Future waveforms can be compared against the signature waveform to assess the state of the drive mechanism and its components. 
     In at least one aspect, the principles of acoustics can be employed to assess the state of the drive mechanism and its components. As used herein, the term acoustics refers generally to all mechanical waves in gases, liquids, and solids including vibration, sound, ultrasound (sound waves with frequencies higher than the upper audible limit of human hearing), and infrasound (low-frequency sound, lower in frequency than 20 Hz [hertz] or cycles per second, hence lower than the “normal” limit of human hearing). Accordingly, acoustic emissions from the drive mechanism and its components may be detected with acoustic sensors including vibration, sound, ultrasound, and infrasound sensors. In one aspect, the vibratory frequency signature of a drive mechanism  160  can be analyzed to determine the state of one or more of the drivetrains  4012 ,  4014 , and/or  4016 . One or more vibration sensors can be coupled to one or more of the drivetrains  4012 ,  4014 , and/or  4016  in order to record the acoustic output of the drivetrains when in use. 
     Referring again to  FIG. 44 , the surgical instrument  4010  includes a drivetrain failure detection module  4040  configured to record and analyze one or more acoustic outputs of one or more of the drivetrains  4012 ,  4014 , and/or  4016 . The processor  4036  can be in communication with or otherwise control the module  4040 . As described below in greater detail, the module  4040  can be embodied as various means, such as circuitry, hardware, a computer program product comprising a computer readable medium (for example, the memory  4038 ) storing computer readable program instructions that are executable by a processing device (for example, the processor  4036 ), or some combination thereof. In some aspects, the processor  4036  can include, or otherwise control the module  4040 . 
     The module  4040  may include one or more sensors  4042  can be employed by the module  4040  to detect drivetrain failures of the surgical instrument  4010 . In at least one instance, as illustrated in  FIG. 45 , the sensors  4042  may comprise one or more acoustic sensors or microphones, for example. In at least one instance, as illustrated in  FIG. 48 , the sensors  4042  may comprise one or more accelerometers. 
     Various types of filters and transforms can be used on the output of a sensor  4042  to generate a waveform that represents the operational state of a drivetrain, for example, of the surgical instrument  4010 . As illustrated in  FIG. 45 , a plurality of Band-pass filters can be configured to communicate with a sensor  4042  in order to process an output thereof. In the example shown in  FIG. 45 , there are four Band-pass filters, BPF1, BPF2, BPF3, and BPF4, used to filter the output of the sensor  4042 . These filters are used to determine the various thresholds used to assess the health of a surgical instrument  4010 , including acceptable limits, marginal limits, and critical limits, for example. In one example, a series of low pass filters as illustrated in  FIG. 48  can be used on the output of the sensor  4042 . 
     In one aspect, as illustrated in  FIG. 45 , logic gates can be employed with the filters to process the output of the sensors  4042 . Alternatively, a processor such as, for example, the processor  4036  can be employed with the filters to process the output of the sensors  4042 , as illustrated in  FIGS. 48 and 48A .  FIGS. 48B, 48C, and 48D  depict an example structure and operational details of a Band-pass filter used to filter the output of the sensor  4042 . In at least one instance, one or more of the filters employed in filtering the output the sensor  4042  is a Dual Low-Noise JFET-Input General-Purpose Operational Amplifier. 
     While various frequencies can be used, the exemplary frequencies of the filters shown in  FIG. 45  are 5 kHz, 1 kHz, 200 Hz, and 50 Hz. The output of each filter is shown in  FIG. 49 , which illustrates the voltage amplitude at the frequency of each filter. The peak amplitude of the output of each filter is shown in  FIG. 50 . These values can be used to determine the health of the surgical instrument  4010  by comparison against threshold values stored in the memory  4038 , for example. As illustrated in  FIG. 48 , a multiplexer  4044  and an analogue to digital converter  4046  can be employed to communicate the output of the filters to the processor  4036 . 
     In at least one instance, an output of a sensor  4042  can be recorded when a motor is running during a known function having repeatable movement. For example, the output can be recorded when the motor  166  is running to retract or reset a drivetrain such as, for example the firing drivetrain  4016  to an original or starting position. The recorded output of the sensor  4042  can be used to develop a signature waveform of that movement. In one example, the recorded output of the sensor  4402  is run through a fast Fourier transform to develop the signature waveform. 
     Further to the above, the amplitude of key regions of the resulting signature waveform can be compared to predetermined values stored in the memory  4038 , for example. In at least one instance, the memory  4038  may include program instructions which, when executed by the processor  4036 , may cause the processor  4036  to compare the amplitudes of the key regions to the predetermined values stored in the memory  4038 . When the amplitudes exceed those stored values, the processor  4036  determines that one or more components of the surgical instrument  4010  is no longer functioning properly and/or that the surgical instrument  4010  has reached the end of its usable life. 
       FIG. 46  illustrates a vibratory response from a drivetrain that is functioning properly. The output in volts from a microphone that is positioned on or in close proximity to the drivetrain is recorded over time. The frequency response of that output is determined using a fast Fourier transform, as shown in  FIG. 46A , to develop a signature waveform for a properly functioning drivetrain. The signature waveform of the properly functioning drivetrain can be employed to detect any malfunction in the same drivetrain or other similar drivetrains. For example,  FIG. 47  illustrates a vibratory response from a drivetrain that is not functioning properly. The microphone output is used to determine the frequency response of the malfunctioning drivetrain, as illustrated in  FIG. 47A . The deviation of the frequency response of the malfunctioning drivetrain from the signature waveform of the properly functioning drivetrain indicates a malfunction in the drivetrain. 
     In at least one instance, stored values of key regions of a frequency response of a properly functioning drivetrain, as shown in  FIG. 47A , are compared against recorded values of corresponding regions of a frequency response of an examined drivetrain, as shown in  FIG. 48A . In the event the stored values are exceeded by the recorded values, it can be concluded that a malfunction is detected in the examined drivetrain. In response, various safety and remedial steps can be taken as described in greater detail in commonly owned U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/984,525, titled MECHANISMS FOR COMPENSATING FOR DRIVETRAIN FAILURE IN POWERED SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, and filed Dec. 30, 2015, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0189019, which is incorporated herein by reference in their entireties. 
     There can be various stages of operation of the surgical instrument  4010  as the components are moved to effect a function at an end effector of the surgical instrument  4010  such as, for example capturing tissue, firing staples into the captured tissue, and/or cutting the captured tissue. The vibrations generated by the drive mechanism  160  of the surgical instrument  4010  can vary depending on the stage of operation of the surgical instrument  4010 . Certain vibrations can be uniquely associated with certain stages of operation of the surgical instrument  4010 . Accordingly, taking into consideration the stage or zone of operation of the surgical instrument  4010  allows for selectively analyzing the vibrations that are associated with that stage or zone of operation while ignoring other vibrations that are not relevant to that stage or zone of operation. Various sensors such as, for example, position sensors can be employed by the processor  4036  to determine the stage of operation of the surgical instrument  4010 . 
     In one example, various stages of operation of the instrument  4010  are represented in the graph of  FIG. 51 , which illustrates the force needed to fire (FTF) the surgical instrument  4010  in relation to a displacement position of the drive assembly  360  from a starting or original position during a firing sequence or stroke of the surgical instrument  4010 . In zone 1, an end effector  300  of the surgical instrument  4010  has clamped onto tissue, as described above, but has not affected the tissue. In zone 2, a load is being applied to move an actuation sled of the surgical instrument  4010  to allow the end effector  300  to affect the tissue by, for example, cutting and stapling the tissue. In zone 3, the tissue has been cut and stapled by the end effector  300  of the surgical instrument  4010 . Depending on which zone the surgical instrument  4010  is in during capture and processing of the vibrations made by the various drivetrains, the vibrations can either be compared to threshold frequency values or can be disregarded or not considered. For vibrations captured by a sensor  4042  in block  4048  and block  4050  of  FIG. 51 , certain portions of the captured vibrations can be disregarded or not considered for the purposes of determining the health of the surgical instrument  4010 . 
     In at least one instance, any vibrations captured below the threshold line  4052  can be disregarded or not considered. In at least one instance, the ratio of the minimum threshold  4052  to a maximum FTF during a firing sequence or stroke of the surgical instrument  4010  is any value selected from a range of about 0.001 to about 0.30, for example. In at least one instance, the ratio is any value selected from a range of about 0.01 to about 0.20, for example. In at least one instance, the ratio is any value selected from a range of about 0.01 to about 0.10, for example. 
     In addition, any vibrations captured within the block  4048  and block  4050  can also be disregarded or not considered as long as the events within those blocks are not a catastrophic event. In the event of a catastrophic failure, a drive mechanism  160  is rendered inoperable, and certain bailout steps are taken to ensure, among other things, a safe detachment of the surgical instrument  4010  from the tissue being treated. Alternatively, In the event of an acute drivetrain failure, the drivetrain may still be operated to complete a surgical step or to reset the surgical instrument  4010 ; however, certain precautionary and/or safety steps can be taken to avoid or minimize additional damage to the drivetrain and/or other components of the surgical instrument  4010 . 
     Referring again to  FIG. 51 , in at least one instance, vibrations detected at the beginning and/or the end of the firing stroke of the surgical instrument  4010  are disregarded or not considered for the purposes of assessing a damage/function status of the surgical instrument  4010 . In one example, only vibrations detected at a central segment of the firing stroke of the surgical instrument  4010  are considered for the purposes of assessing a damage/function status of the surgical instrument  4010 . In at least one instance, vibrations detected at the beginning of zone 1 and/or at the end of zone 2 of the firing stroke of the surgical instrument  4010 , as illustrated in  FIG. 51 , are disregarded or not considered for the purposes of assessing a damage/function status of the surgical instrument  4010 . 
     A limited increase in noise could indicate increased wear or a non-catastrophic failure of parts of the gears, for example. A significant increase in the magnitude of the noise in chronic fashion could indicate continuing erosion of the transmission but could be used to predict the life of the instrument  4010  and it performance degradation allowing the completion of certain jobs, for example. An acute dramatic increase in magnitude or number of peaks could indicate a substantial or catastrophic failure causing the instrument to initiate more immediate and final reaction options, for example. 
       FIG. 52  illustrates the velocity of the drive assembly  360  of the surgical instrument  4010  in relation to a displacement position of the drive assembly  360  from a starting or original position. Point A, shown in  FIGS. 51 and 52 , represents an initial contact with tissue, increasing the force to advance the drive assembly  360  of the surgical instrument  4010 , as shown in  FIG. 51 , and decreasing the velocity of drive assembly  360 , as shown in  FIG. 52 . Point B, also shown in  FIGS. 51 and 52 , represents a contact with the thickest portion of the tissue during the stapling and cutting. Accordingly, the FTF at point B is at maximum, as shown in  FIG. 51 , and the velocity at point B is at its lowest point, as shown in  FIG. 52 . One or more sensors such as, for example, force sensors can be configured to measure the FTF as the drive assembly  360  is advanced. In addition, one or more position sensors can be configured to detect the position of the drive assembly  360  during a firing sequence of the surgical instrument  4010 . 
     In at least one instance, the memory  4038  includes program instructions which, when executed by the processor  4036 , causes the processor  4036  to employ one or more sensors  4042  positioned near one or more components of the drive mechanism  160  of the surgical instrument  4010  to selectively capture or record vibrations generated by the one or more components of the drive mechanism  160  during a predetermined section of the firing sequence. In at least one instance, the sensors  4042  are activated by the processor  4036  at a starting point of the predetermined section and deactivated at an end point of the predetermined section of the firing sequence or stroke so that the sensors  4042  may only capture or record vibrations generated by during the predetermined section. 
     The predetermined section may have a starting point after the firing sequence is begun and an end point before the firing sequence is completed. Said another way, the processor  4036  is configured to cause the sensors  4042  to only record vibrations at a central section of the firing sequence. As illustrated in  FIG. 52 , the processor  4036  can be configured to cause the sensors  4042  to start capturing or recording vibrations during a downward slope of the velocity of the drive assembly  360 , and stop recording vibrations during an upward slope of the velocity of the drive assembly  360 . Alternatively, the sensors  4042  can be active during the entire firing sequence of the surgical instrument  4010  while the processor  4036  ignores or excludes vibrations recorded outside the predetermined section of the firing sequence or stroke. 
       FIG. 53  illustrates acceptable limit modifications based on the zone of the stroke location. Limit profiles for both zone 1 and zone 2 are shown. The threshold limits for zone 2 are higher than zone 1 due to the load of the tissue on the surgical instrument  4010 . As the velocity of the instrument decreases as the instrument moves from zone 1 to zone 2, the power spectrum will shift down in frequency. As shown in  FIG. 54 , which represents voltage amplitude versus frequency at various bandwidth represented by the filters shown in  FIG. 48  for points A and B of  FIGS. 51 and 52 , the frequency lines associated with point B for each filter bandwidth are lower than the frequency lines associated with point A due to the load on the instrument  4010  from the tissue at point B and the velocity change due to the stroke zone. 
     Thus, these limits can be used to assess potential damage to the surgical instrument  4010 . Using the captured vibrations from the various drivetrains of the surgical instrument  4010 , the vibrations can be processed using the processor  4036  shown in  FIG. 45  to determine when the frequency of the vibrations is above certain threshold values stored in memory  4038  associated with the processor  4036  while taking into account the zone of operation of the surgical instrument  4010  during the time of the capture of the vibrations. When the surgical instrument  4010  is determined to be defective in some way, the instrument  4010  can be repaired or replaced before sterilization or its subsequent use. Various other safety and/or remedial steps can also be taken. 
     In another aspect, the magnitude of the noise produced by the surgical instrument  4010  can be compared to predefined system harmonics to assess potential damage to the surgical instrument  4010 , and the severity of that damage. As shown in  FIG. 55 , the output from the sensor  4042  from one or more drivetrains of the surgical instrument  4010  is presented as a voltage signal for zone 1, for example. Each frequency, as captured during the processing of the signal through the filters, such as those shown in  FIG. 48 , can have its own threshold profile. 
     For example, as shown in  FIG. 55 , each frequency may have its own acceptable limit  4054 , marginal limit  4056 , and critical limit  4058  for each zone of operation of the surgical instrument  4010 . Based on the example shown in  FIG. 55 , all the frequencies are acceptable and represent a properly functioning surgical instrument  4010  except for the frequency represented by A′. In at least one instance, this causes a processor, such as the processor  4036  shown in  FIG. 48 , to conclude that an acute but not catastrophic drivetrain failure had occurred. 
     Further to the above, in at least one instance, the processor  4036  is configured to conclude that a catastrophic drivetrain failure had occurred when any one frequency is equal to or exceeds the critical limit  4058 . Alternatively, the processor  4036  may be configured to conclude that a catastrophic drivetrain failure had occurred only when a plurality of frequencies is equal to or exceeds the critical limit  4058 , for example. Alternatively, the processor  4036  may be configured to conclude that a catastrophic drivetrain failure had occurred only when all frequencies, as captured during the processing of the signal through the filters, are equal to or exceed the critical limit  4058 , for example. 
     Further to the above, in at least one instance, the processor  4036  is configured to conclude that an acute drivetrain failure had occurred when any one frequency is equal to or exceeds the marginal limit  4056  but is below the critical limit  4058 , as illustrated in  FIG. 55 . Alternatively, the processor  4036  may be configured to conclude that an acute drivetrain failure had occurred only when a plurality of frequencies is equal to or exceeds the marginal limit  4056  but below the critical limit  4058 , for example. Alternatively, the processor  4036  may be configured to conclude that an acute drivetrain failure had occurred only when all frequencies, as captured during the processing of the signal through the filters, are equal to or exceed the marginal limit  4056  but below the critical limit  4058 , for example. 
     Referring to  FIG. 56 , a logic diagram  4021  represents possible operations that can be implemented by the surgical instrument  4010  in response to detected drivetrain failures. The memory  4038  may include program instructions, which when executed by the processor  4036 , may cause the processor  4036  to assess the severity of a drivetrain failure based on input from the sensors  4042 , and activate appropriate responses depending on the determined severity. The memory  4038  may include program instructions, which when executed by the processor  4036 , may cause the processor  4036  to respond to a detected  4023  acute drivetrain failure by activating a safe mode  4022  of operation, for example. In addition, the memory  4038  may include program instructions, which when executed by the processor  4036 , may cause the processor  4036  to respond to a detected catastrophic drivetrain failure by activating a recovery or bailout mode  4022 . When no drivetrain failures are detected, the processor  4036  may permit the surgical instrument  4010  to continue  4027  with normal operations until a drivetrain failure is detected. 
     Referring again to  FIG. 56 , the safe mode  4022  may comprise one or more steps such as, for example, a motor modulation step which can be employed by the processor  4036  to limit the speed of an active drivetrain. For example, when the firing drivetrain  4016  is being actively driven by the motor  166  during a firing sequence, a detection of an acute drivetrain failure by the module  4040  may cause the processor  4036  to communicate to the motor drive circuit  4018 ′ ( FIG. 44 ) instructions to cause the mechanical output of the motor  166  to be reduced. A reduction in the mechanical output of the motor  166  reduces the speed of the active drivetrain  4016  which ensures safe completion of the firing sequence and/or resetting of the active drivetrain  4016  to an original or starting positon. 
     In another aspect, a frequency comparison of a cumulative magnitude of noise with respect to a predetermined minimum and/or maximum threshold is used to assess potential damage to the surgical instrument  4010 . In at least one instance, a minimum threshold defines an acceptable limit  4054 . A cumulative magnitude of noise that is below the minimum threshold is construed by the processor  4036  as an acceptable limit  4054 . In addition, a maximum threshold can be employed to define a critical limit  4058 . A cumulative magnitude of noise that is above the minimum threshold is construed by the processor  4036  as a critical limit  4058 . A marginal limit  4056  can be defined by the minimum and maximum thresholds. In one example, a cumulative magnitude of noise that is above the minimum threshold but below the maximum threshold is construed by the processor  4036  as a marginal limit  4056 . 
       FIG. 57  is a representation of a processed signal of the output of a sensor  4042  that was filtered by four Band-pass filters, BPF1, BPF2, BPF3, and BPF4. The processed signal is represented within frequency bandwidths a 1 , a 2 , a 3 , and a 4  that correspond to the bandwidths of the four Band-pass filters, BPF1, BPF2, BPF3, and BPF4. 
       FIG. 57  illustrates a graph of voltage amplitude versus frequency of the processed signal. The peal voltage amplitudes of the processed signal at the center frequencies of the Band-pass filters, BPF1, BPF2, BPF3, and BPF4 are represented by solid vertical lines A, A′, A″, and A′″, respectively. In addition, a baseline threshold value  4060  is used to allow for a predictable amount of noise to be disregarded or not considered. Additional noise can be either taken into consideration or disregarded depending on where it falls in the frequency spectrum. 
     In the example illustrated in  FIG. 57 , the voltage amplitude Z2 is discounted as it is below the baseline threshold value  4060  that represented an acceptable level of noise, and Z4 is discounted as it falls outside the predetermined bandwidths a 1 , a 2 , a 3 , and a 4 . As Z, Z1, and Z3 fall above the baseline threshold value  4060  and are within the predetermined bandwidths a 1 , a 2 , a 3 , and a 4 , these voltage amplitudes are considered with A, A′, A″, and A′″ in defining the cumulative magnitude of noise and, in turn, determining the potential damage to the instrument  4010 . 
     In at least one instance, the Voltage amplitude values at the center frequencies A, A′, A″, and A′″ are summed to generate the cumulative magnitude of noise, as represented by voltage amplitude, that is then employed to assess whether a failure had occurred, and when so, the severity of that failure. In another instance, the Voltage amplitude values at the center frequencies A, A′, A″, and A′″ and any voltage amplitude within the predetermined bandwidths a 1 , a 2 , a 3 , and a 4  are summed to generate the cumulative magnitude of noise, as represented by voltage amplitude, that is then employed to assess whether a failure had occurred, and when so, the severity of that failure. In another instance, the Voltage amplitude values at the center frequencies A, A′, A″, and A′″ and any voltage amplitude values greater than the baseline threshold value  4060  and within the predetermined bandwidths a 1 , a 2 , a 3 , and a 4  are summed to generate the cumulative magnitude of noise, as represented by voltage amplitude, that is then employed to assess whether a failure had occurred, and when so, the severity of that failure. 
     In various instances, a comparison between a present noise signal and a previously recorded noise signal, which may be stored in the memory  4038 , can be employed by the processor  4036  to determine a damage/function status of the surgical instrument  4010 . A noise signal that is recorded by the sensor  4042  during a normal operation of the surgical instrument  4010  can be filtered and processed by the processor  4036  to generate normal processed signal that is stored in the memory  4038 . Any new noise signal recorded by the sensor  4042  can be filtered and processed in the same manner as the normal noise signal to generate a present processed signal which can be compared to normal processed signal stored in the memory  4038 . 
     A deviation between the present processed signature and the normal processed signal beyond a predetermined threshold can be construed as potential damage to the surgical instrument  4010 . The normal processed signal can be set the first time the instrument is used, for example. Alternatively, a present processed signal becomes the normal processed signal against the next present processed signal. 
       FIG. 58  is a representation of two processed signals of the output of a sensor  4042  that was filtered by four Band-pass filters, BPF1, BPF2, BPF3, and BPF4. The processed signals are represented within frequency bandwidths a 1 , a 2 , a 3 , and a 4  that correspond to the bandwidths of the four Band-pass filters, BPF1, BPF2, BPF3, and BPF4.  FIG. 58  illustrates a graph of voltage amplitude versus frequency of the processed signal. 
     The voltage amplitudes of the normal and present processed signals are represented by solid vertical lines. The normal processed signal is in the solid lines while the present processed signal is in the dashed lines represents a present/current processed signal, as described above. There is a baseline threshold value  4060  that is used to allow for a predictable amount of noise to be disregarded, similar to the baseline threshold  4060  of  FIG. 57 . The difference between the two iterations are calculated and shown as 61, 62, and 63 in  FIG. 58 . There are various threshold values that are compared to the various 6 values to determine the damage of the surgical instrument  4010 , indicating an acceptable 6, a marginal 6, or a critical 6 that would indicate the need to replace or repair the instrument  4010 . 
     In at least one instance, one or more voltage amplitudes are compared to corresponding voltage amplitudes in a previously recorded noise pattern to assess any damage of the surgical instrument  4010 . The difference between a present voltage amplitude and a previously-stored voltage amplitude can be compared against one or more predetermined thresholds, which can be stored in the memory  4038 , to select an output of an acceptable, marginal, or critical status. 
     In at least one instance, the differences between the present voltage amplitudes and the previously stored voltage amplitudes are summed and compared to one or more predetermined thresholds stored in the memory  4038 , for example, to select an output of an acceptable, marginal, or critical status. Magnitude of deviance could be compared range to range to indicate shear change in a local event. 
     In various instances, one or more algorisms, which may be stored in the memory  4038 , can be employed by the processor  4036  to determine a damage/function status of the surgical instrument  4010  based on the processed signal of the output of the sensor  4042 . Different noise signals that are recorded by the sensor  4042  can be construed to represent different damage/function statuses of the surgical instrument  4010 . During normal operation, a normal or expected noise signal is recorded by the sensor  4042 . When an abnormal noise signal is recorded by the sensor  4042 , it can be further evaluated by the processor  4036 , using one or more of the algorisms stored in the memory  4038 , to determine a damage/function status of the surgical instrument  4010 . The abnormal signal may comprise unique characteristics that can be used to assess the nature of the damage to the surgical instrument  4010 . For example, the unique characteristics of the abnormal signal may be indicative of damage to a particular component of the surgical instrument  4010 , which can be readily replaced. 
     In certain instances, one or more algorisms are configured to assess normal wear in one or more components of the surgical instrument  4010  based on the processed signal of the output of the sensor  4042 . Normal wear can be detected by identifying a noise signal indicative of potential debris, for example. When the debris, as measured by its recorded noise signs, reaches or exceeds a predetermined threshold stored in the memory  4038 , for example, the processor  4036  can be configured to issue an alert that surgical instrument  4010  is nearing the end of its life or requires maintenance, for example. 
     Furthermore, one or more algorisms can be configured to determine potential damage to one or more gear mechanisms such as, for example, a planet gear mechanism within the drive mechanism  160  based on the processed signal of the output of a sensor  4042 . During normal operation, the planet gear may produce a normal noise signal as recorded by the sensor  4042 . When the planet gear is damaged due to a broken tooth, for example, an abnormal noise signal is recorded by the sensor  4042 . The abnormal signal may comprise unique characteristics indicative of a damaged planet gear, for example. 
       FIG. 59  is a representation of a processed signal of the output of a sensor  4042  that was filtered by four Band-pass filters, BPF1, BPF2, BPF3, and BPF4. The processed signal is represented within frequency bandwidths a 1 , a 2 , a 3 , and a 4  that correspond to the bandwidths of the four Band-pass filters, BPF1, BPF2, BPF3, and BPF4. Various algorisms, as described above, can be applied to the processed signal of  FIG. 59  to determine a damage/function status of the surgical instrument  4010 . 
     Like  FIG. 57 ,  FIG. 59  illustrates a graph of voltage amplitude versus frequency of the processed signal. The voltage amplitudes of the processed signal are represented by solid vertical lines. Within each of the bandwidths a 1 , a 2 , a 3 , and a 4 , the processed signal is evaluated within an expected range defined by an amplitude threshold and a sub-bandwidth threshold. Expected ranges E 1 , E 2 , E 3 , and E 4  correspond to the bandwidths a 1 , a 2 , a 3 , and a 4 , respectively. 
     In the example illustrated in  FIG. 59 , a first event indicative of potential planet damage is observed. The observed first event includes a processed signal that comprises two voltage amplitude readings that are indicative of potential planet damage. The two voltage amplitude readings are a first voltage amplitude reading that exceeds the expected range E 1  at the center frequency of the bandwidth a 1 , and a second voltage amplitude reading at a frequency that falls between but outside the bandwidths a 1  and a 2 . A first algorism may be configured to recognize the observed event as indicative of potential planet damage. The processor  4036  may employ the first algorism to conclude that potential planet damage is detected. 
     Also, in the example illustrated in  FIG. 59 , a second event indicative of a unique potential damage in connection with a hub of the surgical instrument  4010  is observed. The second event includes a processed signal that comprises a voltage amplitude reading that falls below the expected voltage amplitude threshold at the center frequency of the bandwidth a 2 . In addition, the processed signal comprises voltage amplitude readings Z 1  and Z 2  that exceed the baseline threshold value  4060 , and are within the bandwidth a 2 , but fall outside the sub-bandwidth threshold of the Expected range E 2 . A second algorism may be configured to recognize the observed second event as indicative of a unique potential damage. The processor  4036  may employ the second algorism to conclude that potential damage in connection with a hub of the surgical instrument  4010  is detected. 
     Also, in the example illustrated in  FIG. 59 , a third event indicative of potential debris indicative of wear associated with one or more components of the surgical instrument  4010  is observed. The third event includes a processed signal that comprises a voltage amplitude reading that exceeds the expected voltage amplitude threshold at the center frequency of the bandwidth a 4 . A third algorism may be configured to recognize the observed third event as indicative of potential debris. The processor  4036  may employ the third algorism to evaluate the severity of the potential debris based on the difference between the observed voltage amplitude and the expected voltage amplitude threshold, for example. 
     Certain surgical stapling and cutting end effectors described herein include an elongate channel configured to removably receive a staple cartridge that has surgical staples stored therein. The staple cartridge includes ejectors, or drivers, movably supported within a cartridge body of the staple cartridge which are each configured to support one or more staples thereon. The staple supporting drivers are arranged in longitudinal rows within the cartridge body located on each side of a longitudinally-extending slot defined in the cartridge body. The slot is configured to movably accommodate a firing member that may have a tissue cutting edge thereon that serves to cut the tissue that has been clamped between the anvil and the staple cartridge. The drivers are urged upwardly in the cartridge body, i.e., toward a deck of the cartridge body, when they are contacted by a sled that is configured to be driven longitudinally through the cartridge body by the firing member. The sled is movably supported in the cartridge and includes a plurality of angled or wedge-shaped cams that correspond to lines of staple drivers within the cartridge body. In an unfired or “fresh” staple cartridge, the sled is positioned in a starting position that is proximal to the first, or proximal-most, staple drivers in each line. The sled is advanced distally by the firing member during a firing stroke to eject the staples from the cartridge body. Once the staple cartridge has been at least partially fired, i.e., ejected from the cartridge body, the firing member is retracted back to a beginning or unfired position and the sled remains at a distal end of the now-spent staple cartridge. Once the firing member has been returned to the beginning or unfired position, the spent staple cartridge may be removed from the channel of the end effector. 
     Further to the above, a surgical instrument system  19010  is illustrated in  FIG. 60 . The surgical instrument system  19010  comprises a handle  19014  and a shaft assembly  19200  which is removably attachable to the handle  19014 . The shaft assembly  19200  comprises an end effector  19300  including a cartridge channel  19302  and an anvil  19306  movable relative to the cartridge channel  19302 . A staple cartridge  19304  is removably positioned in the cartridge channel  19302 . 
     Such cutting and stapling end effectors are mounted to a distal end of an elongate shaft assembly that operably supports various drive shafts and components configured to apply various control motions to the end effector. In various instances, a shaft assembly may include an articulation joint or can be otherwise configured to facilitate the articulation of the end effector relative to a portion of the elongate shaft when articulation motions are applied to the end effector. The shaft assembly is coupled to a housing that supports various drive systems that operably interface with various components in the elongate shaft assembly. In certain arrangements, the housing may comprise a handheld housing or handle. In other arrangements, the housing may comprise a portion of a robotic or automated surgical system. The various drive systems of the housing may be configured to apply axial drive motions, rotary drive motions, and/or combinations of axial and rotary drive motions to the elongate shaft assembly. In handheld arrangements, the axial motions may be generated by one or more manually-actuated handcranks and/or generated by one more electric motors. The robotic system may employ electric motors and/or other automated drive arrangements that are configured to generate and apply the necessary control motions to the elongate shaft assembly and, in some cases, ultimately to the firing member in the end effector. 
     For surgical end effectors that require rotary control motions, the elongate shaft assembly may include a “proximal” rotary drive shaft portion that is rotated by a corresponding motor or other source of rotary motion that is supported in the housing. The proximal rotary drive shaft is configured to apply the rotary control motion to an end effector drive shaft that is supported in the end effector. In such arrangements, the firing member interfaces with the end effector drive shaft such that the firing member may be longitudinally advanced through the end effector and then returned to the unfired position. 
     When using surgical instruments that are configured to cut and staple tissue, measures should be taken to ensure that an unspent surgical staple cartridge has been properly installed in the end effector of the surgical instrument prior to actuating the firing drive system of the surgical instrument. If a clinician were to inadvertently actuate a tissue cutting member of the firing drive system without first having installed an unspent staple cartridge in the end effector, for instance, the tissue cutting member may sever the tissue without stapling it. Similar problems could also arise if the clinician were to unwittingly install a partially-spent staple cartridge into the end effector. A partially-spent staple cartridge can be created when a staple cartridge is used in a prior procedure, or a prior step in a procedure, and then removed from the end effector before all of the staples have been ejected therefrom. If such a partially-spent cartridge were to be re-used in the surgical instrument, the tissue cutting member may create an incision in the tissue that is longer than the staple lines that are applied to the tissue. Thus, when using surgical end effectors that are configured to cut and staple tissue, it is desirable for the surgical end effector to be configured to prevent the actuation of the tissue cutting member unless an unspent “fresh” staple cartridge has been properly installed in the end effector. 
       FIGS. 61 and 62  depict portions of a surgical cutting and stapling end effector  20000  that may address such concerns. As can be seen in  FIGS. 61 and 62 , the end effector  20000  includes a rotary end effector drive shaft  20010 . Although not shown, the rotary end effector drive shaft  20010  is rotatably supported within an elongate channel that is configured to removably support a surgical staple cartridge therein. The rotary end effector drive shaft  20010  is configured to receive rotary drive motions from a proximal rotary drive shaft that is attached to the channel or otherwise operably interfaces with the rotary end effector drive shaft  20010 . Rotary control motions may be applied to the proximal rotary drive shaft through a corresponding drive arrangement that may comprise a motor or motors that are manually actuated or controlled by a robotic control system or other source(s) of rotary control motions. In alternative arrangements, the rotary control motions may be manually generated. Still referring to  FIGS. 61 and 62 , the surgical end effector  20000  comprises a firing assembly  20020  that is configured for longitudinal travel within the channel. In the illustrated embodiment, the firing assembly  20020  comprises an upper firing body  20022  that has a distal firing lug  20024  and a proximal firing lug  20026 . The distal firing lug  20024  has an unthreaded hole (not shown) therein that is configured to receive the rotary end effector drive shaft  20010  therethrough. The proximal firing lug  20026  is spaced from the distal firing lug  20024  to define a nut cavity  20028  therebetween. The proximal firing lug  20026  has an unthreaded hole  20027  therethrough that is configured to receive the rotary end effector drive shaft  20010  therethrough. 
     As can be seen in  FIGS. 61 and 62 , the rotary end effector drive shaft  20010  is threaded. The firing assembly  20020  comprises a travel nut  20030  that is threadably journaled on the rotary end effector drive shaft  20010  and is located in the nut cavity  20028  between the distal firing lug  20026  and proximal firing lug  20027 . The travel nut  20040  is movable within the nut cavity  20028  between a first position ( FIG. 61 ) and a second position ( FIG. 62 ). The travel nut  20040  includes an upper notched portion  20042  that has a distally extending retainer tab  20044  protruding therefrom. When the travel nut  20040  is in the first position, the notched upper portion  20042  is in vertical alignment with the upper firing body  20022  of the firing assembly  20020 . As can be further seen in  FIGS. 61 and 62 , the distal firing lug  20024  may include a pair of laterally protruding distal fins  20025  (only one can be seen in the Figures) and the proximal firing lug  20026  may include a pair of laterally protruding proximal fins  20027 . Likewise, the travel nut  20040  may include a pair of nut fins  20046  that are configured to align with the distal fins  20025  and the proximal fins  20027  when the travel nut  20040  is in the first position. See  FIG. 61 . When in that aligned position, the fins  20025 ,  20027  and  20046  are free to pass within a channel provided in the body of the staple cartridge. Also in the illustrated arrangement, the upper body portion  20022  of the firing assembly  20020  includes a pair of laterally protruding upper fins  20030  that are configured to be slidably received in corresponding channels in the anvil or otherwise slidably engage the anvil as the firing assembly is distally driven through the end effector. Thus, the fins  20025 ,  20027 ,  20046  and upper fins  20030  serve to retain the anvil at a desired distance from the staple cartridge during the firing process. The firing assembly  20020  also includes a tissue cutting surface or tissue cutting blade  20032  for cutting the tissue that has been clamped between the anvil and the staple cartridge. 
     The channel of the surgical end effector  20000  is configured to operably and removably support a surgical staple cartridge therein that includes a sled  20050 . The sled  20050  is movable from a starting position located in the proximal end of the staple cartridge to an ending position within the cartridge. The sled  20050  includes a central sled body  20052  that has a collection of cam wedges  20054  formed therein. In the illustrated example, the sled  20050  includes four cam wedges  20054  with two cam wedges  20054  being located on each side of the central sled body  20052 . Each cam wedge  20054  would correspond to a line of staple supporting drivers located in the cartridge body. As the sled  20050  is driven distally through the cartridge body, the cam wedges  20054  would sequentially drive the staple drivers in the corresponding line upward within the cartridge body to thereby drive the staples into forming contact with the underside of the anvil. 
     In the illustrated example, the sled  20050  includes retention cavity  20056  that is formed in the central sled body  20052  that is configured to retainingly engage the distally extending retainer tab  20044  on the travel nut  20040  when the travel nut is in the first position and the sled  20050  is in the starting (pre-fired) position. See  FIG. 61 . In certain arrangements, one or more biasing members  20060  may be provided in the firing assembly  20020  to bias the travel nut  20040  into the first position. For example, a torsion spring may be supported in one or both of the proximal firing lug  20024  and distal firing lug  20026  to bias the travel nut  20040  into the first position (direction D 1 ) when the threaded end effector drive shaft  20020  is unactuated. However, when the threaded end effector drive shaft  20020  is rotated in the firing direction (D 2 ), the rotating drive shaft  20020  overcomes the bias of the biasing member(s)  20060  and will move the travel nut  20030  to the second position shown in  FIG. 62 . When the travel nut  20030  is in the second position, the retention tab  20044  is out of alignment with the slot in the cartridge body that slidably accommodates the central sled body  20052  and the nut fins  20046  are out of alignment with the channels in the cartridge body. Thus, further rotation of the rotary end effector drive rod  20010  will not drive the firing assembly  20020  distally due to this misalignment of the tab  20044  and the fins  20046  with the corresponding portions of the cartridge body. However, if the cartridge is unspent (never been fired), the cartridge will have a sled  20050  in the starting position. When the cartridge is properly seated in the end effector channel, the retainer tab  20044  will be received in the retention cavity  20056  in the sled  20050  which will retain the travel nut  20030  in the first position when the rotary end effector drive shaft  20010  is rotated in the firing direction. Thus, such arrangement will prevent the clinician from unwittingly advancing the firing assembly  20020  (and tissue cutting surface  20044 ) when an unspent cartridge has not been properly seated in the channel. If a spent or even a partially spent cartridge is seated in the channel, the sled will not be in the starting position and the clinician will not be able to fire the firing assembly. If an unspent cartridge is present in the channel, but has not bee properly seated therein so that retention tab is received within the retention cavity in the sled, the clinician will be unable to advance the firing assembly. 
     Turning next to  FIGS. 63-65 , portions of another surgical cutting and stapling end effector  20100  are shown. The end effector  20100  includes a channel  20110  that is configured to removably receive therein a surgical staple cartridge  20200 . In at least one embodiment, the end effector  20100  includes a rotary end effector drive shaft  20120  that is selectively movable or deflectable between a first “locked” position and a second “drive” position. The rotary end effector drive shaft  20120  is configured to receive rotary drive motions from a proximal rotary drive shaft (not shown). Rotary control motions may be applied to the proximal rotary drive shaft through a corresponding drive arrangement that may comprise a motor or motors that are manually actuated or controlled by a robotic control system. In alternative arrangements, the rotary control motions may be manually generated. The rotary end effector drive shaft  20120  may be rotatably supported on its proximal and distal ends by corresponding rotary bearing arrangements or cradles that facilitate operational rotation of the rotary end effector drive shaft  20120 , yet enable a portion of the rotary end effector drive shaft to deflect between the first and second positions while remaining in rotational operational engagement with the proximal rotary a drive shaft or other source of rotary motion. 
     As can be seen in  FIGS. 63-67 , the surgical end effector  20100  comprises a firing assembly  20130  that is configured for longitudinal travel within the channel  20110 . In the illustrated embodiment, the firing assembly  20130  comprises a firing body  20132  that is threadably journaled on the rotary end effector drive shaft  20120 . The firing body  20132  includes a pair of laterally protruding fins  20134  that are configured to pass within a passage  20112  in the channel  20110 . The passage  20112  may be defined by two inwardly extending spaced channel tabs  20114  (only one tab can be seen in  FIGS. 66 and 67 ) that have a slot  20116  therebetween to accommodate the rotary end effector drive shaft  20120  as well as passage of the firing body  20132  therebetween. See  FIGS. 66 and 67 . Also in the illustrated arrangement, an upper body portion  20136  of the firing assembly  20130  includes a pair of laterally protruding upper fins  20138  that are configured to be slidably received in corresponding channels  20152  in an anvil  20150  as the firing assembly  20130  is distally driven through the end effector  20100 . Thus, the fins  20134  and  20138  serve to retain the anvil  20150  at a desired distance from the staple cartridge  20200  during the firing process. The firing assembly  20130  also includes a tissue cutting surface or tissue cutting blade  20139  that is configured to cut the tissue that has been clamped between the anvil and the staple cartridge. 
       FIG. 63  illustrates installation of an unspent staple cartridge  20200  into the surgical end effector  20100 . As can be seen in  FIG. 63 , the unspent staple cartridge  20200  includes a sled  20210  that is located in a starting position. The sled  20210  is movable from the starting position located in the proximal end of the staple cartridge  20200  to an ending position within the cartridge  20200 . As can be seen in  FIG. 67 , the sled  20210  includes a central sled body  20212  that has a collection of cam wedges  20214  formed therein. In the illustrated example, the sled  20210  includes four cam wedges  20214  with two cam wedges  20214  being located on each side of the central sled body  20212 . Each cam wedge  20214  corresponds to a line of staple supporting drivers that are supported in the cartridge  20200 . As the sled  20210  is driven distally through the cartridge  20200 , the cam wedges  20214  sequentially drive the staple drivers in the corresponding line upward within the cartridge  20200  to thereby drive the staples into forming contact with the underside of the anvil  2015 . Prior to seating the unspent staple cartridge  20200  in the channel  20110 , the rotary drive shaft  20120  is located in the first or up position (represented by arrow “U”).  FIG. 66  illustrates the position of the rotary drive shaft  20120  and the firing assembly  20130  in a locked position prior to installation of a staple cartridge within the end effector. As can be seen in  FIG. 66 , the fins  20134  are aligned with the channel tabs  20144  of the channel  20110  so that if the clinician were to actuate the rotary drive shaft  20120  in an effort to drive the firing assembly distally through the channel  20110 , the firing assembly  20130  would be prevented from moving distally due to the contact between the fins  20134  and the channel tabs  20114 . The distance that the rotary drive shaft  20120  as well as the firing assembly  20130  may deflect downwardly is represented as distance D f  in  FIG. 66 . 
     In the illustrated example, a firing assembly engagement notch  20216  is provided in the sled body  20212  that is configured to engage a corresponding engagement notch  20137  in the upper body portion  20136  of the firing assembly  20130 . As the firing assembly engagement notch  20216  of the sled  20210  initially engages the engagement notch  20137  in the upper body portion  20136  of the firing assembly  20130 , the sled  20120  biases or deflects the firing assembly  20130  and end effector rotary drive shaft  20120  downward into the channel  20110  (represented by arrows “D” in  FIG. 67 ). Such movement aligns the fins  20134  of the firing assembly  20130  with the passage  20112  in the channel  20110 . The surgical staple cartridge  20220  may be configured to be snapped into the channel  20100  and retained therein in a properly installed orientation.  FIGS. 64 and 67  illustrate the rotary drive shaft  20120  in the “drive position” or “second position” wherein the firing assembly  20130  is vertically aligned with the channel  20110  so as to permit the firing assembly  20130  to be distally driven through the staple cartridge  20200  when the rotary drive shaft  20120  is rotated in a firing direction. 
       FIG. 65  illustrates installation of a spent or partially spent staple cartridge  20200 ′ into the surgical end effector  20100 . As can be seen in  FIG. 65 , the sled  20210  has been distally moved from the starting position within the staple cartridge  20200 ′. Thus, when the staple cartridge  20200 ′ is properly installed within the channel  20110 , the sled  20210  and, more particularly, the firing assembly engagement notch  20126  in the sled  20210  is out of engagement with the engagement notch  20137  in the firing assembly  20130 . Thus, the firing assembly  20130  remains in the first or locked position. Thus, if the clinician were to unwittingly actuate the rotary end effector drive shaft  20120 , the firing assembly  20130  would not be distally advanced into the cartridge  20200 ′. 
       FIGS. 68-73  illustrate portions of another lockable firing assembly  20300  that is prevented from being advanced distally unless an unspent surgical staple cartridge has been properly seated within the end effector channel  20400 .  FIG. 68  illustrates the threaded nut portion  20302  of the firing assembly  20300  that is threadably journaled on a rotary end effector drive shaft in the manner described herein. The rotary end effector drive shaft has been omitted for clarity in  FIGS. 68-73 . In the illustrated embodiment a locking lug  20304  and an actuator lug  20306  protrude laterally from the threaded nut portion  20302 . Although not shown, the firing assembly  20300  includes an upper firing body with a tissue cutting edge that may be similar to those disclosed herein.  FIGS. 69-73 , illustrate the threaded nut portion  20302  in connection with the channel  20400 . It will be understood that the channel  20400  is configured to operably and removably support a surgical staple cartridge therein. Turning first to  FIG. 69 , the channel  20400  includes a centrally disposed, longitudinal slot  20402  that is configured to operably support the rotary end effector drive shaft as well as to permit longitudinal travel of the threaded nut  20302  through the channel  20400 . In addition, a first longitudinal ledge  20404  and a second longitudinal ledge  20406  are provided on each side of the longitudinal slot  20402 . The ledges  20404 ,  20406  serve to define a longitudinal passage  20408  that permits passage of the lugs  20304  and  20306  therein when the firing assembly  20300  is distally fired through the channel  20400 . In addition, the channel  20400  includes a longitudinal cavity  20410  for receiving the cartridge body therein. It will be understood that the cartridge body may be configured to be snappingly and removably retained within the cavity  20410 . 
     In the illustrated embodiment, a locking notch  20412  is provided in the ledge  20404 . The locking notch  20412  is sized to receive at least a portion of the locking lug  20304  therein when the firing assembly  20300  is in a first or beginning position prior to firing. A lock spring or biasing member  20414  is provided on the ledge  20406  and is configured to engage and bias the actuator lug  20306  in the locking direction “L”. Such rotation of the actuator lug  20306  causes the locking lug  20304  to enter into the locking notch  20412 . When in that position, the firing assembly  20300  cannot be advanced distally when the rotary end effector drive shaft is rotated in a firing direction. 
       FIG. 71  illustrates the position of the threaded nut portion  20302  of the firing assembly  20300  when the firing assembly has been moved to a second or unlocked position.  FIG. 72  illustrates what happens when a surgical staple cartridge is initially introduced into the channel  20400 . In  FIGS. 72 and 73 , the cartridge body has been omitted for clarity. However, it will be understood that the surgical staple cartridge includes a sled  20500 . The sled  20500  is movable from the starting position located in the proximal end of the staple cartridge to an ending position within the cartridge. As can be seen in  FIGS. 72 and 73 , the sled  20500  includes a central sled body  20502  that has a collection of cam wedges  20504  formed therein. In the illustrated example, the sled  20500  includes four cam wedges  20504  with two cam wedges  20504  being located on each side of the central sled body  20502 . Each cam wedge  20504  corresponds to a line of staple supporting drivers located in the cartridge  20500 . As the sled  20500  is driven distally through the cartridge, the cam wedges  20504  sequentially drive the staple drivers in the corresponding line upward within the cartridge to thereby eject the staples into forming contact with the underside of the anvil. 
     Still referring to  FIG. 72 , the sled  20500  is configured to contact the actuator lug  20306  when the cartridge is properly installed within the channel  20400  and the sled is in the starting position. In the illustrated embodiment for example, a downwardly extending actuator member  20506  is formed on or otherwise attached to the sled  20500 . When the cartridge is installed in the channel  20400 , the actuator member  20506  on the sled  20500  contacts the actuator lug  20306  and biases the firing assembly in the unlocking direction “UL” ( FIG. 72 ) to the position shown in  FIG. 73 . As can be seen in  FIG. 73 , the locking lug  20304  is out of the locking notch  20412  and the firing assembly  20300  can now be longitudinally advanced through the channel and the staple cartridge. Thus, such arrangement will prevent the clinician from unwittingly advancing the firing assembly unless a cartridge with a sled in the starting position has been properly installed in the channel. As used in this context, the term “properly installed” means that the staple cartridge has been retainingly seated into the channel in the intended manner so as to permit the sled and other portions thereof to interact with the firing assembly in the manners described herein. 
       FIGS. 74-76  illustrate portions of an end effector  20500  that is configured to cut and staple tissue. The end effector  20500  comprises an elongate channel  20510  that is configured to operably support a surgical staple cartridge  20600  therein. The end effector includes an anvil assembly  20700  that operably supports an anvil concentric drive member  20710  for operably driving a firing member  20720  through the end effector  20500 . The anvil concentric drive member  20710  may, for example, be centrally disposed within the anvil frame  20712  and substantially extend the length thereof. The anvil concentric drive member  20710  in the illustrated embodiment comprises an anvil drive shaft that includes a distal bearing lug  20714  and a proximal bearing lug  20716 . The distal bearing lug  20714  is rotatably housed in a distal bearing housing  20718  that is supported in a bearing pocket in the anvil frame  20712 . The proximal bearing lug  20716  is rotatably supported in the anvil assembly  20700  by a floating bearing housing  20720  that is movably supported in a bearing pocket  20722  that is formed in the proximal anvil portion  20724 . See  FIG. 75 . The proximal and distal bearing housing arrangements may serve to prevent or at least minimize an occurrence of compressive forces on the anvil drive shaft  20710  which might otherwise cause the anvil drive shaft  20710  to buckle under high force conditions. The anvil drive shaft  20710  further includes a driven firing gear  20726 , a proximal threaded or helix section  20728  and a distal threaded or helix section  20730 . In the illustrated arrangement, the proximal threaded section  20728  has a first length and the distal threaded section  20730  has a distal length that is greater than the first length. In the illustrated arrangement, the pitch of the distal threaded section  20730  is greater than the pitch of the proximal threaded section  20728 . Stated another way, the lead of the distal threaded section  20730  is greater than the lead of the proximal threaded section  20728 . In one arrangement, the lead of the distal threaded section  20730  may be approximately twice as large as the lead of the proximal threaded section  20728 . In addition, a dead space  20731  may be provided between the proximal threaded section  20728  and the distal threaded section  20730 . In at least one example, the anvil drive shaft  20710  may be fabricated in one piece from extruded gear stock. 
     To facilitate assembly of the various anvil components, the anvil assembly  20700  includes an anvil cap  20740  that may be attached to the anvil frame  20712  by welding, snap features, etc. In addition, the anvil assembly  20700  includes a pair of anvil plates or staple forming plates  20742  that may contain various patterns of staple forming pockets on the bottom surfaces thereof that correspond to the staple arrangements in the surgical staple cartridge  20600  that is supported in the elongate channel  20510 . The staple forming plates  20742  may be made of a metal or similar material and be welded to or otherwise attached to the anvil frame  20712 . In other arrangements, a single anvil plate that has a slot therein to accommodate a firing member may also be employed. Such anvil plate or combination of plates may serve to improve the overall stiffness of the anvil assembly. The anvil plate(s) may be flat and have the staple forming pockets “coined” therein, for example. 
     As can be seen in  FIGS. 74 and 77-79 , the surgical end effector  20500  includes a firing member  20800  that has a body portion  20802  that has a knife nut portion  20804  formed thereon or otherwise attached thereto. The knife nut portion  20804  is configured to be received on the anvil drive shaft  20710 . A distal thread nodule  20806  and a proximal thread nodule  20808  that are configured to engage the proximal threaded section  20728  and the distal threaded section  20730  are formed in the knife nut portion  20804 . The distal thread nodule  20806  is spaced from the proximal thread nodule  20808  relative to the length of the dead space  20731  such that when the knife nut portion  20804  spans across the dead space  20731 , the distal thread nodule  20806  is in threaded engagement with the distal threaded section  20730  and the proximal thread nodule  20808  is in threaded engagement with the proximal threaded section  20728 . In addition, anvil engaging tabs  20810  protrude laterally from opposite lateral portions of the knife nut  20804  and are each oriented to engage the corresponding staple forming plates  20742  that are attached to the anvil frame  20712 . The firing member  20800  further includes a channel engaging tab  20820  that protrudes from each lateral side of the body portion  20800  The firing member  20800  also includes a tissue cutting surface  20822 . 
     Rotation of the anvil drive shaft  20710  in a first rotary direction will result in the axial movement of the firing member  20800  from a first position to a second position. Similarly, rotation of the anvil drive shaft  20710  in a second rotary direction will result in the axial retraction of the firing member  20800  from the second position back to the first position. The anvil drive shaft  20710  ultimately obtains rotary motion from a proximal drive shaft (not shown) that operably interfaces with a distal power shaft  20830 . In the illustrated arrangement, the distal power shaft  20830  has a distal drive gear  20832  that is configured for meshing engagement with the driven firing gear  20726  on the anvil drive shaft  20710  when the anvil assembly  20710  is in the closed position. The anvil drive shaft  20710  is said to be “separate and distinct” from the distal power shaft  20830 . That is, at least in the illustrated arrangement for example, the anvil drive shaft  20710  is not coaxially aligned with the distal power shaft  20830  and does not form a part of the distal power shaft  20830 . In addition, the anvil drive shaft  20710  is movable relative to the distal power shaft  20830 , for example, when the anvil assembly  20700  is moved between open and closed positions. The proximal drive shaft may ultimately be rotated by a motor supported in a housing that is attached to a shaft assembly coupled to the surgical end effector  20500 . The housing may comprise a handheld assembly or a portion of a robotically controlled system. 
     In the illustrated arrangement, the anvil assembly  20700  is closed by distally advancing a closure tube  20900 . As can be seen in  FIG. 74 , the closure tube  20900  includes an internally threaded closure nut  20902  that is configured for threaded engagement with a closure thread segment  20834  that is formed on the distal power shaft  20830 . Initial rotation of the distal power shaft  20830  will drive the closure tube  20900  distally to cam the anvil assembly  20700  to the closed position. Rotation of the distal power shaft  20830  in an opposite direction will drive the closure tube  20900  in the proximal direction to permit the anvil assembly  20700  to move to an open position. 
     Turning to  FIGS. 77-79 , the channel includes a pair of inwardly extending, longitudinal retention tabs  20512  that have a slot space  20514  therebetween to accommodate the longitudinal movement of the firing member  20800 . In addition, the channel  20510  includes a proximal locking cavity  20516  that is proximal to the retention tabs  20512 . The locking cavity  20516  transitions to a distal firing cavity that is coextensive with the tabs  20512  and the space  20514  therebetween. The locking cavity  20516  is larger than the distal firing cavity to permit the firing member  20800  to pivot to the position shown in  FIG. 77 . When in that position, the firing member body  20802  is out of alignment with the slot space and the tabs  20820  are out of alignment with the distal firing cavity  20518 . When in that position, one of the tabs  20820  that protrude from the firing member  20800  is in alignment with one of the retention tabs  20512  and thus the firing member  20800  is prevented from being longitudinally advanced through the channel  20510 . The firing member  20800  will pivot to that “locked” position when the anvil drive shaft  20710  is initially rotated and a surgical staple cartridge with a sled in a starting position has not been installed in the channel  20510 . However, when a cartridge that has a sled in a starting position has been installed in the channel  20510 , the sled will serve to contact or otherwise interface with the firing member  20800  to position and retain the firing member  20800  in alignment with the space  20514  between the retention tabs  20512 . See  FIG. 78 . Thus, continued rotation of the anvil drive shaft  20710  will drive the firing member  20800  distally through the channel  20510  as shown in  FIG. 79 . Such arrangement will therefore, prevent the clinician from unwittingly actuating the anvil drive shaft  20710  to drive the firing member  20800  distally through the channel  20510  unless an unspent surgical staple cartridge that has a sled in a starting position has been installed in the channel. 
     In still other arrangements, the detection of the sled in the correct location within an unspent staple cartridge that has been properly seated in the channel of a surgical cutting and stapling end effector may be determined electrically. For example, this may be accomplished with contacts on the sled that complete a circuit when the sled is in a starting position in a cartridge that has been properly seated in the channel. Upon firing, the circuit is opened and further firing is not permitted until the circuit is closed again. 
     As mentioned above, stapling assemblies for first grasping, clamping, stapling, and/or cutting tissue are well known in the art. Previous stapling assemblies, such as those disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,865,361, for example, have comprised a loading unit that is operably connected to a handle assembly. The disclosure of U.S. Pat. No. 5,865,361, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING APPARATUS, which issued on Feb. 2, 1999, is incorporated by reference in its entirety. While the handle assemblies of these previous stapling assemblies were configured for multiple uses, the loading units were configured for a single use. After each loading unit was spent, or at least partially spent, the loading unit was removed from the handle assembly and then replaced with a new, or unspent, loading unit if desired. The configuration of these previous loading units did not permit a cartridge portion of the loading unit to be replaced so that a spent loading unit could be used once again. 
     U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0286021, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,820,741, discloses an alternative stapling assembly comprising a first jaw including an anvil and a second jaw including a staple cartridge. The entire disclosure of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0286021, entitled REPLACEABLE STAPLE CARTRIDGE, which published on Nov. 15, 2012, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,820,741, is incorporated by reference herein. Unlike the previous loading units, the second jaw of these stapling assemblies can be completely removed from the loading unit and then replaced with another second jaw, presumably after the previous second jaw has been spent. Notably, the entire second jaw of these stapling assemblies is replaced—not just a portion of the second jaw as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,988,649, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENT HAVING A SPENT CARTRIDGE LOCKOUT, which issued on Jan. 24, 2006, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated by reference herein. 
     The stapling assembly disclosed in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0286021, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,820,741, however, is defective. For instance, the stapling assembly disclosed in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0286021, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,820,741, includes a cutting member which can be advanced distally eventhough a second jaw is not attached to the stapling assembly. As a result, the cutting member may be unintentionally exposed to the tissue of a patient. Various improvements to these stapling assemblies, among others, are discussed further below. 
     Turning now to  FIG. 80 , a surgical instrument system  21000  comprises a handle  21010  and a stapling assembly, or loading unit,  21030  attached to a shaft  21020  of the handle  21010 . Referring primarily to  FIG. 81 , the loading unit  21030  comprises a proximal end, or bayonet connector,  21032  configured to releasably attach the loading unit  21030  to the shaft  21020 . Similar to the stapling assembly disclosed in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0286021, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,820,741, the loading unit  21030  comprises an anvil  21040  and an attachable cartridge jaw  21050 . The cartridge jaw  21050 , once attached to the loading unit  21030 , is pivotable between an open position ( FIG. 80 ) and a closed, or clamped, position. 
     The handle  21010  comprises an actuator, or trigger,  21014  which is rotatable toward a pistol grip  21012  of the handle  21010  to drive a firing bar of the loading unit  21030  distally. During a first stroke of the trigger  21014 , the firing bar engages the cartridge jaw  21050  and moves the cartridge jaw  21050  into its closed position. During one or more subsequent strokes of the trigger  21014 , the firing bar is advanced through the cartridge jaw  21050 . The cartridge jaw  21050  comprises a plurality of staples removably stored therein which are ejected from the cartridge jaw  21050  as the firing bar is advanced distally through the cartridge jaw  21050 . More particularly, as discussed in greater detail elsewhere herein, the firing bar enters into the cartridge jaw  21050  and pushes a sled stored in the cartridge jaw  21060  distally which, in turn, drives the staples out of the cartridge jaw  21050 . 
     Referring primarily to  FIG. 81 , the loading unit  21030  further comprises an articulation joint  21036  about which the anvil  21040  and the cartridge jaw  21050  can be articulated. The loading unit  21030  comprises an articulation driver configured to articulate the anvil  21040  and the cartridge jaw  21050  about the articulation joint  21036 . The articulation driver is operably coupled with an articulation actuator  21016  which is rotatable to push or pull the articulation driver, depending on the direction in which the articulation actuator  21016  is rotated. 
     An alternative surgical instrument system  21100  is illustrated in  FIGS. 82 and 83 . The system  21100  comprises a handle  21110  and an attachable loading unit  21130 . Similar to the above, the loading unit  21130  comprises an anvil jaw  21040  and a removably attached cartridge jaw  21050 . The loading unit  21130  further comprises an articulation joint  21138  and a flex joint  21136  which are configured to permit the end effector to articulate relative to a shaft portion  21120  of the loading unit  21130 . The shaft portion  21120  comprises a proximal connector  21122  configured to attach the loading unit  21130  to the handle  21110 . Referring primarily to  FIG. 84 , the proximal connector  21122  comprises rotatable inputs  21128  which are operably engageable with rotatable outputs  21118  of the handle  21110 . Each rotatable input  21128  is part of a drive system which articulates the loading unit  21130  about the flex joint  21136  and/or articulation joint  21128 , closes the cartridge jaw  21050 , and/or fires the staples from the cartridge jaw  21050 , for example. The handle  21110  comprises controls  21114  and  21116  which can be utilized to operate the drive systems of the loading unit  21130 . The disclosure of U.S. Patent Application Publication 2013/0282052, entitled APPARATUS FOR ENDOSCOPIC PROCEDURES, which published on Oct. 24, 2013, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,480,492, is incorporated by reference in its entirety. 
     Further to the above, the staple cartridge jaw  21050  is removably attached to the anvil jaw  21040  of the loading unit  21030 . Referring primarily to  FIGS. 85 and 86 , the proximal end of the anvil jaw  21040  comprises attachment projections  21042  extending from opposite sides thereof. The proximal end of the staple cartridge jaw  21050  comprises recesses  21052  defined therein which are configured to receive the attachment projections  21042 . The anvil jaw  21040  is fixedly attached to the frame of the loading unit  21030  and the attachment projections  21042  extend fixedly from the anvil jaw  21040 . In at least one instance, the anvil jaw  21040  and/or the attachment projections  21042  are integrally formed with the frame of the anvil portion  21030 . 
     The staple cartridge jaw  21050  further comprises clips  21056  configured to engage and grasp the attachment projections  21042 . Each clip  21056  is positioned within a slot  21055  defined in the cartridge jaw  21050 . When the cartridge jaw  21050  is attached to the loading unit  21030 , the clips  21056  flex around the attachment projections  21042 . When the cartridge jaw  21050  is fully attached to the loading unit  21030 , the clips  21056  resiliently snap or return toward their unflexed configuration and hold the attachment projections  21042  in the recesses  21052 . 
     Further to the above, the cartridge jaw  21050  is properly attached to the loading unit  21030  when the clips  21056  are engaged with the attachment projections  21042  and the attachment projections  21042  are fully seated in the recesses  21052 . That said, the loading unit  21030  does not include a sensing system configured to detect whether or not the cartridge jaw  21050  is properly attached to the loading unit  21030 . Turning now to  FIGS. 87-91 , a loading unit  21130  comprises a system configured to detect whether or not a staple cartridge jaw  21150  is properly attached to an anvil jaw  21140  of the loading unit  21130 , as described in greater detail below. 
     The loading unit  21130  comprises an electrical circuit that is completed, or closed, when the staple cartridge jaw  21150  is properly attached to the loading unit  21130 . The electrical circuit is in communication with a microprocessor, or controller, of the surgical instrument system. The controller is in the handle of the surgical instrument system; however, the controller can be in any suitable part of the surgical instrument system, such as the loading unit  21130 , for example. Alternatively, the controller can be in a housing of a surgical instrument assembly that is attached to a robotic surgical system and/or in the robotic surgical system itself. In any event, the controller is in communication with an electric motor which drives the staple firing system of the surgical instrument system. 
     When the controller detects that a staple cartridge is not properly attached to the loading unit  21130 , further to the above, the controller can prevent the electric motor from driving the staple firing system through a staple firing stroke. In at least one such instance, the controller can open a switch between a power source, such as a battery, for example, and the electric motor to prevent electrical power from being supplied to the electric motor. When the controller detects that a staple cartridge  21150  is properly attached to the loading unit  21130 , the controller can permit the electric motor to receive power from the battery and drive the staple firing system through a staple firing stroke when actuated by the user of the surgical instrument system. In at least one such instance, the controller can close the switch between the battery and the electric motor, for example. 
     The electrical circuit of the loading unit  21130  comprises conductors  21147  ( FIGS. 89 and 91 ) extending through a shaft portion of the loading unit  21130  and, in addition, a contact  21146  positioned around each of the attachment projections  21142 . Each of the conductors  21147  is electrically coupled to the microprocessor and a contact  21146 . The staple cartridge  21150  comprises a portion of the electrical circuit which completes the electrical circuit when the staple cartridge  21150  is fully engaged with the attachment projections  21142 . The portion of the electrical circuit in the staple cartridge  21150 , referring to  FIG. 90 , comprises a contact  21159  positioned in each of the recesses  21052  and a conductor, or trace,  21157  extending between and electrically coupled with the contacts  21159 . The clips  21056  are configured to hold the contacts  21159  of the staple cartridge jaw  21150  against the contacts  21146  extending around the attachment portions  21142 . In at least one instance, the clips  21056  are comprised of a conductive material and are in communication with the trace  21157 . In such instances, the clips  21056  are part of the electrical circuit in the staple cartridge  21150 . In any event, when the staple cartridge jaw  21150  is detached from the loading unit  21130 , the electrical circuit is broken, or opened, and the microprocessor can detect that a staple cartridge jaw  21150  is no longer attached to the loading unit  21130 . 
     Further to the above, the controller can determine that a staple cartridge jaw  21150  is improperly attached to the loading unit  21130  if only one of the contacts  21159  is engaged with its respective contact  21146 . In such instances, the electrical circuit would be in an open condition and, as a result, the microprocessor would treat an improperly assembled staple cartridge jaw  21150  as a missing cartridge jaw  21150  and prevent the electric motor from being actuated to perform the staple firing stroke. In various instances, the surgical instrument system can include an indicator light and/or feedback system that communicates to the user of the surgical instrument system that the staple cartridge jaw detection circuit has not been closed. In response thereto, the user can investigate the condition and properly seat the staple cartridge jaw  21150  to close the detection circuit. 
     As illustrated in  FIG. 90 , the conductor  21157  extends laterally across the cartridge jaw  21150 . When a firing member is advanced distally through the cartridge jaw  21150 , the firing member can transect and/or break the conductor  21157  and open the jaw detection circuit. At such point, the controller can permit the electric motor to be operated to advance the firing member distally until the firing member is retracted back to its unfired position. After the firing member has been retracted to its unfired position, the controller can then prevent the re-operation of the electric motor until an unspent cartridge jaw  21150  is properly attached to the loading unit  21130 . As a result, the electrical circuit of the loading unit  21130  can serve as a missing cartridge lockout, an improperly attached cartridge lockout, and a spent cartridge lockout. 
     In addition to or in lieu of the above, the sled  21170  can comprise a conductive portion which electrically connects the lateral jaw contacts  21159  and/or the electrically conductive clips  21056  when the sled  21170  is in its unfired position. In at least one instance, the sled  21170  comprises a conductor and/or trace extending from one lateral side of the sled  21170  to the other. When the sled  21170  is advanced distally, the conductive portion of the sled  21170  is no longer in electrical communication with the contacts  21159  and/or clips  21056  and the jaw detection circuit is opened. To the extent that the jaw assembly also comprises the conductor  21157 , the conductor  21157  can be cut or broken to open the jaw detection circuit as described above. In various instances, the sled  21170  can be displaced from the jaw detection circuit at the same time that the conductor  21157  is cut or broken, for example. In any event, the conductive sled  21170  can provide a spent cartridge lockout. 
     In various alternative embodiments, the electrical circuit lockout of the loading unit is not transected when the firing member is advanced distally. Turning now to  FIG. 93 , a staple cartridge jaw  21250  of a loading unit  21230  comprises a cartridge body  21251 , a plurality of staple cavities  21258  defined in the cartridge body  21251 , and a longitudinal slot  21259  defined in the cartridge body  21251  which is configured to receive a portion of the firing member. Similar to the staple cartridge jaw  21150 , the staple cartridge jaw  21250  comprises a portion of the loading unit electrical circuit. The portion of the electrical circuit in the staple cartridge jaw  21250  comprises electrical contacts, such as contacts  21159 , for example, defined in the recesses  21052  and compliant electrical contacts  21257  disposed on opposite sides of the longitudinal slot  21251 . Each compliant contact  21257  is in electrical communication with a contact  21052  via a conductor, or trace, for example, extending through the cartridge body  21251 . 
     The compliant contacts  21257  are configured to engage an anvil jaw  21240  of the loading unit  21230  when the staple cartridge jaw  21250  is assembled to the loading unit  21250 . More specifically, the compliant contacts  21257  engage a conductive pathway  21247  defined in the anvil jaw  21240  which electrically connects the compliant contacts  21257  and, at such point, the electrical circuit has been closed. The compliant contacts  21257  remain constantly engaged with the conductive pathway  21247 , i.e., when the cartridge jaw  21250  is in an open position, when the cartridge jaw  21250  is in a closed position, and when the cartridge jaw  21250  is moved between its open and closed positions. When the firing member is advanced distally, the firing member passes through a gap defined between the contacts  21257  and, as a result, the electrical jaw detection circuit is not transected. Such an arrangement can provide a missing cartridge jaw lockout and/or an improperly attached cartridge jaw lockout. 
     Further to the above, the compliant contacts  21257  can comprise springs configured to bias the staple cartridge jaw  21250  into an open position. When the staple cartridge jaw  21250  is moved into its closed position, the compliant contacts  21257  are compressed between the staple cartridge jaw  21250  and the anvil  21240 . The compliant contacts  21257 , along with the other portions of the electrical jaw detection circuit, are electrically insulated from the metal, or conductive, portions of the stapling assembly so as to maintain the integrity of the jaw detection circuit and prevent the jaw detection circuit from shorting out. 
     In addition to or in lieu of an electrical or electronic lockout such as the lockout described above, for example, a loading unit can include a mechanical lockout that prevents the firing system from performing a staple firing stroke if a staple cartridge jaw is not properly attached to the loading unit. Turning now to  FIG. 92 , the staple cartridge jaw  21150  comprises a sled  21170  which is pushed distally by the firing member  21160  ( FIG. 89 ) when the firing member  21160  is advanced distally during a staple firing stroke. The staple cartridge jaw  21150  further comprises lockout members  21172  which are pivotably engaged with the cartridge body  21151  of the cartridge jaw  21150 . As described in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0286021, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,820,741, the lockout members  21172  are biased inwardly into a locked out position after the sled  21170  has been at least partially advanced distally during a firing stroke which prevent the cartridge jaw  21150  from being re-fired. 
     Although the lockout members  21172  can block the distal advancement of the firing member  21160 , as discussed above, the firing member  21160  may be able to push through and slide between the lockout members  21172  in certain instances. As an improvement, one or both of the lockout members  21172  can comprise a latch or hook extending inwardly toward the firing member  21160 . When the lockout members  21172  are biased inwardly after the sled  21170  has been advanced distally, the latches or hooks can engage apertures defined in the firing member  21160  when the firing member  21160  is retracted back into its unfired position. Once the latches or hooks are positioned in the firing member apertures, they can prevent the firing member  21160  from being advanced distally through the already spent cartridge. At such point, the staple cartridge would have to be replaced to unlock the firing member  21160 . 
     As described above, an attachable staple cartridge jaw can be moved between open and closed positions to clamp tissue therebetween. Other embodiments are envisioned in which the staple cartridge jaw is removably attachable to a stapling instrument but the anvil jaw is movable between open and closed positions. Turning now to  FIGS. 94-97 , a stapling assembly  21530  comprises an attachable staple cartridge jaw  21550  including a cartridge body  21551  and, in addition, a pivotable anvil jaw  21540 . The stapling assembly  21530  further comprises a firing member, such as firing member  21160 , for example, which is movable distally to engage the anvil jaw  21540  and move the anvil jaw  21540  into a closed position. More specifically, the firing member  21160  comprises a first camming member  21162  configured to engage the cartridge jaw  21550  and a second camming member  21164  configured to engage the anvil jaw  21540  and move the anvil jaw  21540  toward the cartridge jaw  21550 . 
     The stapling assembly  21530  further comprises a mechanical lockout  21572 . The lockout  21572  is mounted to a frame of the stapling assembly  21530  at a frame pivot  21232 . The lockout  21572  extends distally and is supported by a frame pin  21533 . The lockout  21572  comprises a metal wire; however, the lockout  21572  can be comprised of any suitable material. The lockout  21572  further comprises an elongated recess track  21576  defined therein which is configured to receive a lockout pin  21166  extending from the firing member  21160 . Referring primarily to  FIG. 94 , the elongated recess track  21276  constrains or limits the longitudinal displacement of the firing member  21160  when the lockout  21572  is in its locked position. More specifically, the recess track  21576  is configured to permit the firing member  21160  to be advanced distally to move the anvil jaw  21540  between its open and closed positions but prevent the firing member  21160  from being advanced distally to perform a firing stroke unless the lockout  21572  is moved into its unlocked position, as discussed below. 
     When the staple cartridge jaw  21550  is attached to the stapling assembly  21530 , as illustrated in  FIG. 95 , the sled  21270  of the cartridge jaw  21550  contacts a distal arm  21574  of the lockout  21572  and deflects the lockout  21572  downwardly into its unlocked position. At such point, the lockout  21572  has been displaced below the lockout pin  21166  of the firing member  21160  and, as a result, the firing member  21160  can be advanced distally to perform a staple firing stroke, as illustrated in  FIG. 96 . During the staple firing stroke, the firing member  21160  pushes the sled  21270  distally off of the lockout arm  21574  and the lockout  21572  can return back to its unflexed, or locked, configuration. When the firing member  21160  is retracted, as illustrated in  FIG. 97 , the lockout pin  21166  can engage the lockout  21572  and flex the lockout  21572  downwardly to permit the firing member  21160  to return to its unfired position. Notably, the sled  21270  is not retracted with the firing member  21160  and, as a result, cannot re-unlock the lockout  21572  even though the firing member  21160  has been retracted. As a result of the above, the lockout  21572  can serve as a missing cartridge lockout and a spent cartridge lockout. 
     Turning now to  FIGS. 98-102 , a stapling assembly  21330  comprises an attachable staple cartridge jaw  21350  including a cartridge body  21351  and, in addition, an anvil jaw  21340 . The stapling assembly  21330  further comprises a firing member, such as firing member  21160 , for example, which is movable distally to engage the anvil jaw  21340  and the cartridge jaw  21350 . More specifically, the firing member  21160  comprises a first camming member  21162  configured to engage the cartridge jaw  21350  and a second camming member  21164  configured to engage the anvil jaw  21340  which close the jaws  21340  and  21350  when the firing member  21160  is advanced distally. 
     The stapling assembly  21330  further comprises a mechanical lockout  21372 . The lockout  21372  is mounted to a frame of the stapling assembly  21330  at a frame pivot  21232 . The lockout  21372  extends distally and is constrained by a frame pin  21333 . The lockout  21372  comprises a metal wire; however, the lockout  21372  can be comprised of any suitable material. The lockout  21372  further comprises an elongate recess track  21376  defined therein which is configured to receive the lockout pin  21166  extending from the firing member  21160 . Referring primarily to  FIG. 98 , the elongate recess track  21376  constrains or limits the longitudinal displacement of the firing member  21160  when the lockout  21372  is in its locked position. More specifically, the recess track  21376  is configured to permit the firing member  21160  to be advanced distally to close the stapling assembly  21330  but prevent the firing member  21160  from being advanced distally to perform a firing stroke. 
     When the staple cartridge jaw  21550  is attached to the stapling assembly  21530 , as illustrated in  FIG. 99 , the sled  21370  of the cartridge jaw  21350  contacts distal arms  21374  of the lockout  21372  and deflects the lockout  21372  upwardly into an unlocked position. At such point, the lockout  21372  has been displaced above the lockout pin  21166  of the firing member  21160  and, as a result, the firing member  21160  can be advanced distally to perform a staple firing stroke, as illustrated in  FIG. 100 . During the staple firing stroke, the firing member  21160  pushes the sled  21370  distally out from under the lockout arms  21374  and the lockout  21372  can return back to its unflexed, or locked, configuration. When the firing member  21160  is retracted, as illustrated in  FIG. 101 , the lockout pin  21166  can engage the lockout  21372  and flex the lockout  21372  upwardly to permit the firing member  21160  to return to its unfired position. Notably, the sled  21370  does not return with the firing member  21160 . As a result of the above, the lockout  21372  can serve as a missing cartridge lockout and a spent cartridge lockout. 
     Referring to  FIG. 102 , the arms  21374  of the lockout  21372  are laterally spaced apart on opposite sides of the longitudinal slot  21359  such that the firing member  21160  can slide between the arms  21374 . In such instances, the arms are not transected by the firing member  21160 . 
     During a surgical procedure, several loading units can be used with a handle of a surgical stapling system. In at least one instance, a first loading unit can be used which is configured to apply a 30 mm staple line, a second loading unit can be used which is configured to apply a 45 mm staple line, and a third loading unit can be used which is configured to apply a 60 mm staple line, for example. In the event that each of these loading units comprises a replaceable cartridge jaw, it is possible that the wrong staple cartridge jaw can be attached to a loading unit. For instance, a clinician may attempt to attach a 60 mm staple cartridge jaw to a loading unit configured to apply a 30 mm staple line. As a result, it is possible that some of the staples ejected from the 60 mm staple cartridge jaw may not be deformed by the anvil and/or that the tissue incision line may be longer than the staple lines. The stapling assemblies and/or loading units disclosed herein can include means for preventing the wrong staple cartridge jaw from being attached thereto, as discussed in greater detail below. 
     Referring to  FIGS. 103 and 105 , further to the above, the recesses  21052  defined in the cartridge jaw  21250  are configured to closely receive the attachment projections  21142  of the loading unit  21130  such that there is a snug fit therebetween. The attachment projections  21242 ′ ( FIG. 104 ) of a second loading unit  21130 ′, in at least one instance, are smaller than the attachment projections  21142  and, correspondingly, the recesses of a second cartridge jaw for use with the second loading unit  21130 ′ are smaller than the recesses  21052 . In order to provide a form of error proofing, the recesses of the second cartridge jaw are too small to receive the attachment projections  21142  of the loading unit  21130  and, as a result, the second cartridge jaw cannot be attached to the loading unit  21130 . Similarly, turning now to  FIG. 104 , the recesses  21052  of the cartridge jaw  21250  are larger than the attachment projections  21242 ′ of the second loading unit  21130 ′ such that the clips  21056  of the cartridge jaw  21250  cannot hold the attachment projections  21242 ′ in the recesses  21052  and, as a result, cannot hold the cartridge jaw  21250  to the loading unit  21130 ′. In such instances, the interconnection between the cartridge jaw  21250  and the loading unit  21130 ′ would be too loose for the cartridge jaw  21250  to be used with the loading unit  21130 ′. 
     In the instances described above, the attachment projections of a loading unit, the recesses of a staple cartridge jaw, and the spring clips holding the staple cartridge jaw to the loading unit have the same configuration on both sides of the stapling assembly. In other instances, the attachment projection, the recess, and/or the spring clip on one side of the stapling assembly is different than the attachment projection, the recess, and/or the spring clip on the other side of the stapling assembly. For example, a large attachment projection, recess, and spring clip are disposed on one side of the stapling assembly while a smaller attachment projection, recess, and spring clip are disposed on the other side. Such arrangements can increase the permutations available to prevent an incorrect staple cartridge jaw from being attached to a loading unit. 
     In the instances described above, the attachment projections of a loading unit, the recesses of a staple cartridge jaw, and the spring clips are aligned with respect to a common lateral axis. In other instances, the attachment projection, the recess, and/or the spring clip on one side of the stapling assembly are not aligned with the attachment projection, the recess, and/or the spring clip on the other side. Stated another way, one side is offset from the other. Such arrangements can also increase the permutations available to prevent an incorrect staple cartridge jaw from being attached to a loading unit. 
     Further to the above, it is contemplated that a kit of loading units can be provided wherein each loading unit of the kit can be configured such that only a cartridge jaw intended to be used with the loading unit can be properly attached to the loading unit. 
     Turning now to  FIGS. 106 and 107 , the staple cartridge jaw  21050  comprises a proximal shoulder  21058  which is positioned in close proximity to the frame of the loading unit  21030  when the cartridge jaw  21050  is attached to the loading unit  21030 . Owing to the snug fit between the projections  21042 , the recesses  21052 , and the clips  21056 , the cartridge jaw  21050  is held in position such that the shoulder  21058  of the cartridge jaw  21050  does not interfere with the distal progression of the firing member  21160 , for example. More particularly, the shoulder  21058  does not interfere with the first camming member  21162  of the firing member  21160 . In the event that an incorrect staple cartridge were attached to the cartridge jaw  21050 , in certain instances, the proximal shoulder of the incorrect cartridge jaw may interfere with the distal progression of the first camming member and, as a result, prevent the firing member  21160  from performing a firing stroke with the incorrect staple cartridge. Turning now to  FIG. 108 , a staple cartridge jaw  21450  is an incorrect staple cartridge jaw for use with the loading unit  21030 . Eventhough the staple cartridge jaw  21450  has been attached to the loading unit  21030 , the proximal shoulder  21458  prevents the firing member  21060  from being advanced distally. 
     Further to the above, the proximal shoulder of a staple cartridge jaw can comprise a sharp or abrupt corner. In at least one such instance, the proximal shoulder does not comprise a chamfer or lead-in, for example. 
     In various instances, a proximal shoulder of a staple cartridge jaw can be configured to block the distal advancement of a staple firing member if the tissue clamped between the staple cartridge jaw and an opposing anvil jaw is too thick. In such instances, the staple cartridge jaw would not close completely and the proximal shoulder of the staple cartridge jaw would be positioned in front of the staple firing member. Such an arrangement would comprise a tissue thickness lockout; however, such an arrangement could also serve as a tissue clamping lockout in the event that the staple cartridge jaw had not yet been moved into its clamped position. 
     In addition to or in lieu of the above, an electronic or software lockout of a surgical instrument system can be utilized to prevent a firing drive from performing a staple firing stroke in the event that an incorrect staple cartridge jaw is attached to the surgical instrument system. In various instances, as discussed above, a portion of a jaw detection circuit can extend through a staple cartridge jaw and, in at least one instance, a controller of the surgical instrument system can be configured to evaluate the portion of the jaw detection circuit extending through the staple cartridge jaw to determine whether the staple cartridge attached to the surgical instrument system jaw is an appropriate staple cartridge jaw for use with the surgical instrument system. In at least one instance, the clips  21056  of a first staple cartridge jaw have detectably different electrical properties, such as resistance or impedance, for example, than the clips  21056  of a second staple cartridge jaw. 
     Referring again to  FIGS. 81, 85, and 87 , a cartridge jaw removal tool  21090  can be used to detach a cartridge jaw from a loading unit. U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0286021, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,820,741, discusses a cartridge removal tool in greater detail. 
     It is desirable to employ lockout systems with surgical stapling instruments having replaceable staple cartridge assemblies. For example, in the event that a user forgets to install a staple cartridge into an instrument without such a lockout system, the firing member of the surgical instrument could be used to cut the tissue of a patient without stapling it. Such circumstances are undesirable. In yet another example, in the event that a user installs a spent, or partially-spent, staple cartridge into an instrument and without a lockout system, the firing member of the surgical instrument would, similarly, cut but not staple, or just partially staple, the tissue of a patient. Such circumstances are also undesirable. As a result, surgical instruments which can automatically lock out the firing member to prevent the firing member from being advanced within an end effector are desirable. 
     Turning now to  FIGS. 109 and 110 , a surgical instrument system  25100  comprising a missing cartridge and spent cartridge lockout system is depicted. The system  25100  comprises a firing member  25110 , a staple cartridge assembly  25120 , and an anvil jaw  25130 . The firing member  25110  comprises a distally-presented cutting portion  25111  configured to cut tissue when advanced through an end effector portion of the surgical instrument system  25100 . The firing member  25110  is configured to deploy a plurality of staples from the staple cartridge assembly  25120  toward the anvil jaw  25130  by advancing a sled  25121  longitudinally through the staple cartridge assembly  25120 . The sled  25121  is movable from a proximal unfired position to a distal fully-fired position during a staple firing stroke. After the staple firing stroke has been completed, the firing member  25110  is retracted. The sled  25121  does not retract with the firing member  25110 . However, embodiments are envisioned in which the sled  25121  is at least partially retracted. 
     The surgical instrument system  25100  further comprises a lockout member  25140 . The lockout member  25140  is configured to prevent the firing member  25110  from being advanced through the staple firing stroke when a cartridge is not present in the surgical instrument system  25100  or a spent, or partially spent, cartridge is present in the surgical instrument system  25100 . The lockout member  25140  comprises a proximal portion  25141  pivotably mounted to a spine pin  25101  of a frame portion of the system  25100 . The lockout member  25140  further comprises a lock face, or shoulder,  25142  configured to catch the firing member  25110 , and a deflectable portion  25143 . The lockout member  25140  is movable, or deflectable, between a locked position ( FIG. 109 ) and an unlocked position ( FIG. 110 ) when a staple cartridge assembly is installed within the system  25100 . The lockout member  25140  is spring-biased into the locked position when a staple cartridge assembly is not installed within the system  25100 , as discussed in greater detail below. The lockout member  25140  is also spring-biased into the locked position when a spent, or partially spent, staple cartridge assembly is installed within the system  25100 , as also discussed in greater detail below. 
     When the lockout member  25140  is in its locked position as illustrated in  FIG. 109 , a firing member pin  25113  mounted on the firing member  25110  is configured to abut the lock face  25142  of the lockout member  25140  which prevents the firing member  25110  from being advanced distally. To move the lockout member  25140  from the locked position to the unlocked position, an unspent, ready-to-fire staple cartridge assembly must be properly installed within in the system  25100 . More specifically, the sled  25121  of an unspent, ready-to-fire staple cartridge assembly is in its proximal unfired position and, when such a staple cartridge assembly is installed into the system  25100 , the sled  25121  deflects, or bends, the deflectable portion  25143  downwardly into its unlocked positon. When the lockout member  25140  is in its unlocked position referring to  FIG. 110 , the firing member pin  25113  is clear to advance beyond the lock face  25142  thus permitting the firing member  25110  to be advanced distally to deploy staples and cut tissue during a firing stroke. 
     As can be seen in  FIGS. 109 and 110 , some longitudinal movement of the firing member  25110  is permitted when the lockout member  25140  is in its locked position. This freedom of longitudinal movement when the lockout member  25140  is in its locked position allows the firing member  25110  to be advanced distally to close the jaws of the system  25100  and moved proximally to prevent the jaws to be re-opened. Manipulating the jaws of the system  25100  may be necessary for loading and/or unloading staple cartridges, for example. 
     As mentioned above, the sled  25121  does not return with the firing member  25110  when the firing member  25110  is retracted after the firing stroke. When the firing member  25110  is retracted, the firing member pin  25113  deflects, or bends, the deflectable portion  25143  to its unlocked position permitting the pin  25113  to pass the lock face  25142  and return to a home position. Once the pin  25113  is retracted past the lock face  25142 , the lockout member  25140  springs back, or returns, to its locked position to prevent a repeat firing with a spent staple cartridge installed within the system  25100 . The firing member  25110  can be retracted even further such that the jaws of the system  25100  can then be unclamped from the stapled tissue. 
     Referring now to  FIGS. 111-113 , another surgical instrument system  25200  is depicted. The system  25200  comprises another type of a missing cartridge and spent cartridge lockout arrangement. The system  25200  comprises a firing member  25210  and a staple cartridge assembly  25220 . The firing member  25210  comprises a distally-presented cutting portion  25211  configured to cut tissue when advanced through the system  25200 . The firing member is configured to deploy a plurality of staples from the staple cartridge assembly  25220  by advancing a sled  25221  longitudinally through the staple cartridge assembly  25220 . The sled  25221  is movable from a proximal unfired position to a distal fully-fired position during a staple firing stroke. The sled  25221  does not retract with the firing member  25210 ; however, embodiments are envisioned in which the sled  25221  is at least partially retracted. 
     The surgical instrument system  25200  further comprises a lockout member  25240 . The lockout member  25240  is configured to prevent the firing member  25210  from being advanced through its staple firing stroke when a cartridge is not present within the system  25200  or a spent, or partially spent, cartridge is present within the system  25200 . The lockout member  25240  comprises a first, or proximal, portion  25241  rotatably mounted to a first spine pin  25201  of the system  25200 . The spine pin  25201  may extend from a shaft frame, or spine, of the system  25200 , for example. The lockout member  25240  further comprises a second portion  25242 , a third, or catch, portion  25243 , and a fourth, or distal, portion  25245 . The lockout member  25240  is movable between a locked position ( FIGS. 111 and 113 ) and an unlocked position ( FIG. 112 ). The lockout member  25240  is spring-biased into the locked position when a staple cartridge assembly is not properly installed within the system  25200 . The lockout member  25240  is also biased into the locked position when a spent, or partially spent, staple cartridge assembly is installed within the system  25200 . 
     When the lockout member  25240  is in its locked position as illustrated in  FIG. 111 , a firing member pin  25213  mounted on the firing member  25210  is configured to abut a lock face, or shoulder,  25244  of the lockout member  25240 . As a result of the lock face  25244 , distal advancement of the firing member  25210  is blocked beyond this position. To move the lockout member  25240  from its locked position to its unlocked position, an unspent, ready-to-fire staple cartridge assembly must be installed within the system  25200 . An unspent, ready-to-fire staple cartridge assembly comprises a sled  25221  in a proximal unfired position. 
     The sled  25221  comprises a magnet  25226  oriented with one of its poles “P1” facing the distal portion  25245  of the lockout member  25240  and another pole “P2” facing away from the distal portion  25245  of the lockout member  25240 . The distal portion  25245  of the lockout member  25240  comprises a magnet  25246  disposed thereon. The magnet  25246  is orientated with a pole “P1” facing the like pole “P1” of the sled magnet  25226  and another pole “P2” facing away from the sled magnet  25226 . The pole P1 of the magnet  25226  and the pole P1 of the magnet  25246  repel each other. This relationship creates a levitational effect when the sled  25221  is in its proximal unfired position ( FIG. 112 ) which pushes, or repels, the lockout member  25240  upward into its unlocked position, lifting the lock face  25244  away from the pin  25213  of the firing member  25210  to permit the pin  25213  to advance beyond the lock face  25142 . The firing member  25210  can then be advanced distally to deploy staples and cut tissue during a firing stroke. 
     When the firing member  25210  is retracted after its firing stroke, the pin  25213  is configured to contact an angled face of the distal portion  25245  to push the distal portion  25245  and, thus, the lockout member  25240  toward its unlocked position permitting the pin  25213  to pass the lock face  25244  when returning to a home position. Once the pin  25213  passes the lock face  25244 , the lockout member  25240  springs back, or returns, to its locked position to prevent to prevent the firing stroke from being repeated with a spent, or partially spent, staple cartridge installed within the system  25100 . 
     Similar to the system  25100  illustrated in  FIGS. 109 and 110 , the lockout member  25240  is configured to permit the firing member  25210  to move within a distance “y” to permit the clamping and unclamping of the jaws when the firing member  25210  is relied on for the clamping and unclamping functions. The pin  25213  and, thus, the firing member  25210  can be moved proximally and distally within the catch portion  25243  of the lockout member  25240  even though a staple cartridge is missing from and/or a spent staple cartridge is positioned within the system  25100 . 
     Another surgical instrument system  25300  is depicted in  FIGS. 114-119 . The system  25300  comprises another type of lockout arrangement where the system  25300  is configured to be locked out when a cartridge is not installed within the system  25300 . The system is further configured to be locked out when a spent, or partially spent, cartridge is installed within the system  25300 . The system  25300  comprises a firing member  25310  and a staple cartridge assembly  25320 . The firing member  25310  comprises a distally-presented cutting portion  25311  configured to cut tissue when advanced through the system  25300 . The firing member  25310  is configured to deploy a plurality of staples from the staple cartridge assembly  25320  by advancing a sled  25330  ( FIG. 115 ) longitudinally through the staple cartridge assembly  25320 . The sled  25330  is movable between a proximal unfired position to a distal fully-fired position during a firing stroke. In various instances, the sled  25230  does not retract with the firing member  25310 ; however, embodiments are envisioned in which the sled  25230  is at least partially retracted. 
     The surgical instrument system  25300  further comprises a lockout member  25340 . The lockout member  25340  is configured to prevent the firing member  25310  from being advanced through a staple firing stroke when a cartridge is not present within the system  25300  or a spent, or partially spent, cartridge is present within the system  25300 . The lockout member  25340  is similar to the lockout members  25140 ,  25240  in many respects. Referring to  FIGS. 117-119 , the lockout member  25340  comprises a first, or proximal, portion  25341  rotatably mounted to a first spine pin  25301  of the system  25300 . Alternatively, the proximal portion  25341  can be fixedly mounted to the spine  25301  of the system  25300 . The lockout member  25340  further comprises a second portion  25342 , a third, or catch, portion  25343 , and a fourth, or distal, portion  25345 . The lockout member  25340  is movable between a locked position ( FIGS. 117 and 119 ) and an unlocked position ( FIG. 118 ). The lockout member  25340  is spring-biased into its locked position when a staple cartridge assembly is not installed within the system  25300 . The lockout member  25340  is also biased into its locked position when a spent, or partially spent, staple cartridge assembly is installed within the system  25300 . 
     The staple cartridge assembly  25320  comprises a sled  25330  and plurality of drivers  25328  configured to eject a staple upon being driven by the ramps  25330 A,  25330 B,  25330 C, and  25330 D of the sled  25330  during a staple firing stroke. The staple cartridge assembly  25320  further comprises a control member movable between an unspent position and a spent position by the sled  25330  when the sled  25330  is advanced distally during its staple firing stroke. The control member is in its unspent position when a staple cartridge  25320  is loaded into the surgical instrument system  25300  and is configured to move the lockout member  25340  from its locked position to its unlocked position when the unspent staple cartridge assembly  25320  is loaded into the surgical instrument system  25300 . A first configuration of a proximal driver  25325  is illustrated in  FIGS. 114 and 116 . The proximal driver  25325  comprises a driver wedge portion  25326  and a magnetic portion  25327 . When the proximal driver  25325  is in its unspent position and the sled  25330  is in its unfired position ( FIG. 118 ), the driver wedge portion  25326  is positioned within a sled notch  25331  and the magnetic portion  25327  is in close enough proximity to the distal portion  25327  to attract the distal portion  25327  to move, or lift, the lockout member  25340  into its unlocked position. 
     A similar proximal driver configuration is depicted in  FIGS. 118 and 119 . A proximal driver  25325 ′ comprises a driver wedge portion  25326 ′ and a magnetic portion  25327 ′. The wedge portion  25326 ′ of the proximal driver  25325 ′ is positioned on the side of the proximal driver  25325 ′. When the proximal driver  25325 ′ is in its unspent position and the sled  25330  is in its unfired position ( FIG. 118 ), the driver wedge portion  25326 ′ is positioned within the sled notch  25331  and the magnetic portion  25327 ′ is in close enough proximity to the distal portion  25327 ′ to attract the distal portion  25327 ′ to move the lockout member  25340  into its unlocked position. When the driver wedge portion  25326 ′ is positioned within the sled notch  25331 , the magnetic portion  25327 ′ is configured to retain the lockout member  25340  in its unlocked position. When the sled  25330  is advanced distally from its unfired position, the sled  25330  drives the proximal driver  25325 ′ so that the driver wedge portion  25326 ′ is driven out of the sled notch  25331 . As a result, the magnetic portion  25327 ′ is no longer in close enough proximity to the lockout member  25340  to hold the lockout member in its unlocked position and, therefore, the lockout member is spring-biased into its locked position ( FIG. 119 ). A datum “D” is defined as a top surface of the sled  25330  and, when the bottom of the wedge portion  25326 ′ is aligned with or above the datum D, the magnetic relationship between the distal portion  25345  and the magnetic portion  25327 ′ is insufficient to hold the lockout member  25340  in its unlocked position thus releasing the lockout member  25340 . 
     Once the lockout member  25340  has been released to its locked position ( FIG. 119 ) and the installed cartridge assembly  25320  has been at least partially spent ( FIG. 119 ), the system  25300  is prevented from re-firing the same cartridge assembly  25320 . When the firing member  25310  is retracted, the lockout pin  25312  rides underneath the distal portion to move the lockout member  25340  temporarily out of the way until the lockout pin  25312  reaches the catch portion  25343 . When the lockout pin  25312  reaches the catch portion  25343 , the lockout member  25340  springs back, or returns, to its locked position. When in its spent position, the magnetic portion  25327 ′ does not pull the lockout member  25340  into its unlocked position. In various instances, the proximal driver  25325 ′ may engage the staple cartridge assembly  25320  in a press-fit manner when the proximal driver  25325 ′ is moved into its spent position by the sled  25330  to prevent the proximal driver  25325 ′ from falling toward its unspent position. Such an arrangement may prevent the lockout member  25340  from being falsely unlocked. In addition to a spent cartridge assembly, not having a cartridge installed within the system  25300  urges the lockout member into its locked position. The mere absence of a proximal driver altogether prevents the lockout member  25340  from moving to its unlocked position. 
     The control members  25325 ,  25325 ′ are driven by the sled  25330  and can be referred to as drivers; however, they do not drive staples. In this way, the control members  25325 ,  25325 ′ comprise “false” drivers. That said, it is contemplated that the proximal most staple driver of a staple cartridge assembly could be used as a control member. 
     Another surgical instrument system is depicted in  FIGS. 120-122 . The system  25400  comprises a staple cartridge assembly  25410 , a lockout circuit system  25420 , and a lockout member  25430 . The lockout member  25440  is fixedly attached to a spine portion  25401  of the system  25400 . The lockout member  25430  further comprises a spring member, for example, and is biased toward its locked position ( FIG. 122 ). When the lockout member  25430  is in its locked position, a hook portion  25431  of the lockout member  25430  is configured to catch a firing member in the event that the surgical instrument or clinician tries to advance the firing member beyond the lockout member  25440  without an unspent staple cartridge assembly installed within the system  25400 . 
     To move the lockout member  25440  to its unlocked position so that a firing member can be advanced through the staple cartridge assembly  25410  during a staple firing stroke, an electromagnet  25421  is employed. The electromagnet  25421  is disposed on the spine portion  25401  of the system  25400  but may be disposed at any suitable location within the system  25400 . Conductors are positioned within the system  25400  along the spine portion  25401 , for example, to power the electromagnet  25421 . The lockout circuit system  25420  which encompasses the electromagnet  25421  and its power source extends through the staple cartridge assembly  25410 . As discussed below, when the circuit  25420  is complete, or closed, the electromagnet  25421  is powered. When the circuit is not complete, or open, the electromagnet  25421  is not powered. As also discussed below, the presence of a spent, or partially-spent, cartridge in the system  25400  is a scenario where the circuit  25420  is open. The absence of a cartridge in the system  25400  is another scenario where the circuit  25420  is open. 
     The lockout circuit system  25420  comprises conductors  25422  extending from the electromagnet  25421  to a pair of electrical contacts  25423  positioned within the system  25400 . The electrical contacts  25423  are positioned within a jaw of the system  25400  such as a channel portion which receives the staple cartridge assembly  25410 , for example. The staple cartridge assembly  25410  further comprises conductor legs  25425  configured to engage the contacts  25423  when the staple cartridge assembly  25410  is fully seated in the channel portion of the jaw. The conductor legs  25425  are part of an electrical trace  25424  defined within the staple cartridge assembly  25410 . The conductor legs  25425  are disposed on a proximal face  25412  of the cartridge assembly  25410 . Also disposed on the proximal face  25412  is a severable portion  25426  of the electrical trace  25424  which extends across a slot  25411  of the staple cartridge assembly  25410 . A cutting edge of a firing member is configured to sever, or incise, the severable portion  25426  during a staple firing stroke of the firing member. 
     When a cartridge assembly is installed and is unspent, further to the above, the severable portion  25426  is not severed and the lockout circuit  25420  is complete, or closed. When the lockout circuit  25420  is complete ( FIG. 121 ), the electromagnet  25421  receives power urging the lockout member  25430  to its unlocked position permitting the firing member to pass thereby. After the severable portion  25426  is severed, or cut, during a firing stroke of the firing member, the surgical instrument detects an incomplete circuit. An incomplete, or open, circuit indicates that the staple cartridge assembly  25410  is in a false configuration. This may be due to having a spent, or partially spent, cartridge installed or to not having a cartridge installed within the system  25400 . When the circuit  25420  is incomplete ( FIG. 122 ), for example, in a false configuration, the electromagnet  25421  loses power and releases the lockout member  25430  to its locked position ( FIG. 122 ). 
     When the spent staple cartridge assembly  25410  is removed from the surgical instrument system  25400 , the lockout circuit  25420  remains in an open state and the electromagnet  25421  remains unpowered. When an unspent staple cartridge assembly  25410  is fully seated in the system  25400 , the lockout circuit  25420  is once again closed and the electromagnet  25421  is repowered to unlock the lockout member  25430 . Notably, if a staple cartridge assembly  25410  is not fully seated in the system  25400 , the legs  25425  will not be engaged with the contacts  25423  and the lockout circuit  25420  will remain in an open, unpowered state. 
     Another surgical instrument system  25500  is depicted in  FIGS. 123 and 124 . The system  25500  comprises a staple cartridge  25501  comprising a sled  25510  movable between an unfired position and a fired position. A firing member  25503  is configured to move the sled  25510  from its unfired position to its fired position to deploy a plurality of staples (not shown) stored within the cartridge  25501  via ramps  25511 . The system  25500  further comprises a circuit  25520  configured to indicate to the surgical instrument and/or the user of the system  25500  whether the cartridge installed within the system  25500  is spent, or partially spent, or whether the cartridge installed within the system  25500  is unspent and ready-to-fire. When the sled  25510  is in its unfired position, the sled  25510  completes the circuit  25520  and when the sled  25510  is in its fired, or partially-fired, position, the sled  25510  does not complete the circuit  25520  and the circuit  25520  is open. 
     The lockout circuit  25520  comprises a pair of conductors  25521  in electrical communication with a surgical instrument handle, for example, and a pair of electrical contacts  25522  positioned within a jaw portion of the surgical instrument system  25500  configured to support the staple cartridge  25501 . The electrical contacts  25522  are positioned such that corresponding pads, or contacts,  25523  disposed on a proximal face  25512  of the sled  25510  contact the electrical contacts  25522  when the staple cartridge  25501  is fully seated in the system  25500  and the sled  25510  is in its unfired position ( FIG. 124 ). A tether portion, or conductor,  25524  connects, or electrically couples, the contacts  25523  and is attached to a proximal middle face  25513  of the sled  25510 . The contacts  25522  extend to a bottom face of the sled in addition to the proximal face  25512 . When the sled  25510  is in its unfired position, the contacts  25523  are engaged with the lockout circuit  25520  and the lockout circuit  25520  is complete indicating an unfired, ready-to-fire staple cartridge. When the lockout circuit  25520  is incomplete, the surgical instrument can be locked out using software and/or a mechanical feature such as those disclosed herein, for example. In at least one instance, the lockout circuit  25520  is in signal communication with a controller of the surgical instrument system  255500  which supplies power to an electric motor of the firing drive when the lockout circuit  25520  is in a closed state and prevents power from being supplied to the electric motor when the lockout circuit  25520  is open. 
     A firing member lockout arrangement of a system  25600  is depicted in  FIGS. 125-129 . The system  25600  comprises a firing member  25610 , a lockout  25620 , and a shaft spine  25601 . The shaft spine  25601  houses the lockout  25620  and the firing member  25610 . The firing member  25610  comprises a distally-presented cutting edge  25611  configured to incise tissue during a staple firing stroke of the firing member  25610 . The lockout  25620  is configured to catch the firing member  25610  when the lockout  25620  is activated and permit the firing member  25610  to pass thereby. Further to the above, the lockout  25620  can be activated by a controller of the system  25600  when an unspent staple cartridge is not positioned in the system  25600 . 
     The lockout  25620  comprises a solenoid  25621  and a mechanical linkage comprising a first link  25623  and a second link  25624 . The links  25623 ,  25624  are attached at a pivot  25622 . The solenoid  25621  is positioned within the spine  25601  such that the solenoid  25621  can apply a force to the linkage near the pivot  25622 . The lockout  25620  is illustrated in its biased, locked position in  FIGS. 125 and 126 . The lockout  25620  further comprises a lock body, or cam plate,  25625  pivotably coupled with an end of the second link  25624 . The cam plate  25625  is biased into a knife band window  25612  to catch the firing member  25610  when the solenoid  25621  is in its unactuated configuration as illustrated in  FIGS. 125 and 126 . 
     In various instances, multiple windows are provided in the firing member  25610 . Another window, such as the window  25614 , may comprise another proximal surface. The window  25614  may act as an intermediate lockout to lock the firing member  25610  in the midst of an operation. An event such as knife binding, for example, may trigger the solenoid  25621  to release the lockout  25620  into its locked position to prevent further actuation of the firing member  25610 . In various instances, distal surfaces of the windows in the firing member  25610  may be configured such that when the firing member  25610  is retracted proximally, the cam plate  25625  may glide over the distal surfaces to prevent the locking of the firing member  25610  as the firing member  25610  is moved proximally. In other instances, locking the firing member  25610  as it moves proximally may be desirable. 
     In some instances, a lockout can be configured to permit movement in one direction but prevent movement in another direction. For example, slight retraction of the firing member  25610  may be desirable when the distal movement of the firing member  25610  has been locked out. When retracted proximally in such instances, the tissue in the area that caused the firing member  25610  to bind up may naturally decompress and, after a defined time period of waiting for the tissue to decompress, the solenoid  25621  may be activated to move the lockout  25620  into its unlocked position ( FIGS. 127 and 128 ) thus permitting the firing member  25610  to be advanced distally again. 
       FIGS. 127-129  illustrate the lockout  25620  in its unlocked position. Upon comparing  FIGS. 125 and 126  to  FIGS. 127-129 , it can be seen that, when actuated, the solenoid  25621  moves the mechanical linkage into a collinear configuration to slide, or urge, the cam plate  25625  out of the window  25612  to unlock the firing member  25610 . Slider supports  25603  are provided within the spine  25601  to guide the cam plate  25625  as the solenoid  25621  moves the mechanical linkage. The slider supports  25603 , in at least one instance, control the movement of the cam plate  25625  to a linear path, for example. 
     Various embodiments are disclosed herein which comprise a lockout configured to prevent a firing member from being advanced distally in certain instances. In many instances, the lockout is more than adequate to block the distal advancement of the firing member. In some instances, it may be desirable to have more than one lockout configured to block the distal advancement of the firing member. In such instances, a primary lockout and a secondary lockout can block the distal advancement of the firing member. As described in greater detail below, the secondary lockout can be actuated as a result of the primary lockout being actuated. For example, the primary lockout can block the distal advancement of the firing member because a staple cartridge jaw is missing from the loading unit, the staple cartridge jaw is improperly attached to the loading unit, and/or the staple cartridge jaw has previously been at least partially fired and, when the distal displacement of the firing member is impeded by the primary lockout, the secondary lockout can be actuated to assist the primary lockout in blocking the distal advancement of the firing member. 
     Turning now to  FIGS. 141 and 142 , a loading unit comprises a shaft  21730  and a firing member system extending through the shaft  21730 . The firing member system comprises a first, or proximal, firing member  21760  and a second, or distal, firing member  21762 . During a staple firing stroke of the firing member system, the proximal firing member  21760  is pushed distally by an electric motor and/or hand crank, for example. Likewise, the distal firing member  21762  is pushed distally by the proximal firing member  21760 . The firing member system further comprises a lockout  21780  positioned intermediate the proximal firing member  21760  and the distal firing member  21762 . The lockout  21780  is configured to transmit a firing force from the proximal firing member  21760  to the distal firing member  21762  during a staple firing stroke. In the event that the force transmitted through the lockout  21780  exceeds the firing force expected during the staple firing stroke, and/or exceeds a predetermined threshold force, the lockout  21780  moves into a locked configuration as illustrated in  FIG. 142  and as described in greater detail further below. 
     The lockout  21780  comprises lock arms  21782  pivotably mounted to the proximal firing member  21760  at a pivot  21784 . The lock arms  21782  are configured to abut drive surfaces  21768  defined on the proximal end of the firing member  21762  and push the firing member  21762  distally. In at least one instance, the drive surfaces  21768  form a conical surface, for example. The lockout  21780  further comprises a biasing member, or spring,  21785  configured to bias the lockout arms  21782  inwardly toward an unlocked configuration, as illustrated in  FIG. 141 , against the drive surfaces  21768 . Each lock arm  21782  comprises a pin  21783  extending therefrom which is configured to mount an end of the spring  21785  thereto. When the lockout  21780  moves into a locked configuration, further to the above, the lock arms  21782  slide relative to the drive surfaces  21768  and splay, or rotate, outwardly into engagement with the shaft  21730 . The shaft  21730  comprises a rack, or racks, of teeth  21781  defined therein which are engaged by the lock arms  21782  and prevent the proximal firing member  21760  from being advanced distally. 
     Further to the above, the spring  21785  is resiliently stretched when the lock arms  21782  are displaced outwardly. The stiffness of the spring  21785  is selected such that the spring  21785  can hold the lock arms  21782  in their unlocked configuration against the drive surfaces  21768  when the force transmitted from the proximal firing member  21760  to the distal firing member  21762  is below the threshold force yet permit the lock arms  21782  to displace outwardly when the force transmitted from the proximal firing member  21760  to the distal firing member  21762  exceeds the threshold force. The force transmitted between the proximal firing member  21760  and the distal firing member  21762  is below the threshold force when the firing system is firing the staples from a staple cartridge and above the threshold force when the distal firing member  21760  is blocked by a missing cartridge and/or spent cartridge lockout, for example. In such instances, the lockout  21780  is deployed in response to another lockout blocking the advancement of the staple firing system. Stated another way, the lockout  21780  can comprise a secondary lockout which co-operates with a primary lockout to block the advancement of the staple firing system. 
     In various instances, further to the above, the lockout  21780  can provide overload protection to the staple firing system. For instance, the staple firing system can become jammed during a firing stroke and the lockout  21780  can deploy to stop the staple firing stroke. In such instances, the lockout  21780  can transfer the firing force, or at least a portion of the firing force, to the shaft  21730  instead of the staple cartridge. As a result, the lockout  21780  can prevent the firing system and/or staple cartridge from being damaged, or at least further damaged. In such instances, the lockout  21780  is deployed in response to a condition of the stapling assembly other than a predefined lockout. Referring again to  FIGS. 141 and 142 , the teeth racks  21781  are the same length as, or longer than, the firing stroke of the staple firing system such that the lockout  21780  can engage the teeth racks  21781  at any point during the firing stroke. 
     When the force being transmitted from the proximal firing member  21760  to the distal firing member  21762  drops below the force threshold, the spring  21785  can resiliently return the lock arms  21782  to their unlocked configuration and into engagement with the drive surfaces  21768  of the distal firing member  21762 . At such point, the firing stroke can be completed if the condition that caused the second lockout  21780  to actuate has abated. Otherwise, the proximal firing member  21760  can be retracted. 
     Turning now to  FIGS. 151-154 , a loading unit comprises a shaft  24530  and a staple firing system extending through the shaft  24530 . The staple firing system comprises a proximal firing member  24560  and a distal firing member  24562 . During a staple firing stroke of the staple firing system, the proximal firing member  24560  is pushed distally by an electric motor and/or hand crank, for example. Likewise, the distal firing member  24562  is pushed distally by the proximal firing member  24560 . The staple firing system further comprises a lockout  24580  positioned intermediate the proximal firing member  24560  and the distal firing member  24562 . The lockout  24580  is configured to transmit a firing force from the proximal firing member  24560  to the distal firing member  24562  during a staple firing stroke. In the event that the force transmitted through the lockout  24580  exceeds the firing force expected during the staple firing stroke, and/or exceeds a predetermined threshold force, the lockout  24580  moves into a locked configuration as illustrated in  FIGS. 153 and 154 . 
     Referring primarily to  FIGS. 152 and 154 , the lockout  24580  comprises a substantially C-shaped configuration, for example, which extends around a portion of the distal firing member  24562 . The lockout  24580  comprises lock arms  24584  which grip the distal firing member  24562  when the lockout  24580  is in its unactuated, or unlocked, configuration, as illustrated in  FIGS. 151 and 152 . The lockout  24580  further comprises a drive tab  24582  which is contacted by the proximal firing member  24560  when the proximal firing member  24560  is driven distally during a staple firing stroke of the staple firing system. When the lockout  24580  is pushed distally by the proximal firing member  24560 , the lockout  24580  abuts a drive surface  24564  defined on the distal firing member  24562  and pushes the distal firing member  24562  distally. As a result, the lockout  24580  transmits a pushing force from the proximal firing member  24560 , through the lock arms  24584 , and into the drive surface  24564 . 
     Referring primarily to  FIG. 151 , the drive tab  24582  is not co-planar with the lock arms  24584 ; rather, the drive tab  24582  extends laterally from a plane defined by the lock arms  24584 . More particularly, the drive tab  24582  comprises an elevated portion which is upset from the lock arms  24584 , at least when the lockout  24580  is in its unactuated configuration. The lockout  24580  is configured to remain in its unactuated configuration so as long as the pushing force being transmitted through the lockout  24580  is below a threshold force. The pushing force required to complete the firing stroke is below this threshold force. When the pushing force transmitted through the lockout  24580  exceeds the threshold force, the lockout  24580  collapses into its actuated configuration as illustrated in  FIGS. 153 and 154 . The pushing force can exceed the threshold force when the distal firing member  24562  abuts a missing cartridge and/or spent cartridge lockout in the staple cartridge, for example. 
     Referring again to  FIGS. 153 and 154 , the lock arms  24584  splay radially outwardly to engage the shaft  24530  when the lockout  24580  moves into its actuated configuration. In at least one instance, the shaft  24530  can comprise a recess  24534  defined therein which is configured to receive the lock arms  24584 . The recess  24534  is defined in the shaft  24530  such that the lock arms  24584  are aligned with the recess  24534  when the distal advancement of the firing system is blocked by a missing cartridge and/or spent cartridge lockout. Once the lock arms  24584  are in the recess  24534 , the lockout  24580  can also block the distal advancement of the firing system. In various instances, the recess  24534  is positioned and arranged to stop the firing member  24560  before a cutting member of the firing drive incises tissue. When the proximal firing member  24560  is retracted and the pushing load being applied to the lockout  24580  drops below the threshold force, the lockout  24580  can resiliently return back to its unactuated configuration. At such point, an unspent cartridge can be placed in the loading unit to defeat the missing cartridge and/or spent cartridge lockout such that the firing system can be advanced distally through its staple firing stroke. At any point, however, the proximal firing member  24560  can be retracted to retract the distal firing member  24562 . 
     The threshold force of the lockouts described above can be actuated if the staple firing system is accelerated too quickly. Stated another way, an acceleration spike in a staple firing system can cause a force spike which exceeds a threshold force of the lockout which causes the lockout to stop the staple firing system. Such instances can arise when a firing trigger mechanically coupled to the staple firing system is squeezed too quickly and or a power supply is suddenly applied to an electric motor of the staple firing system, for example. In at least one instance, an acceleration spike can occur when the power applied to the electrical motor is improperly modulated and/or when a software fault has occurred in the motor controller, for example. Such acceleration spikes and force spikes are typically transient and the firing stroke can be completed once the force being transmitted through the staple firing system drops back below the threshold force. 
     Turning now to  FIG. 143 , a stapling assembly comprises a shaft  21830  and a firing member  21860  extending therethrough. The stapling assembly further comprises a lockout system  21880 . The lockout system  21880  comprises lock arms  21882  rotatably mounted to the staple firing member  21860  about pivots  21884 . Each lock arm  21882  is rotatable between an unactuated position, which is shown in solid lines in  FIG. 143 , and an actuated position, which is shown in phantom lines in  FIG. 143 . The lockout system  21880  further comprises cantilever springs  21885  mounted to the staple firing member  21860  configured to bias the lock arms  21882  into their unactuated positions. The stapling assembly further comprises an actuator  21862  mounted to the firing member  21860  which is configured to slide, or drag, against the housing of the shaft  21830  when the firing member  21860  is moved distally. When the firing member  21860  is accelerated too quickly, or above a threshold level, the drag force between the actuator  21862  and the shaft  21830  will slow or grip the actuator  21862  and allow the firing member  21860  to slide relative to the actuator  21862 . In such instances, the relative movement between the actuator  21862  and the firing member  21860  drives the lock arms  21882  outwardly into engagement with racks of teeth  21881  defined in the shaft  21830  to stop, impeded, or slow the distal progression of the staple firing system. 
     Turning now to  FIG. 144 , a stapling assembly comprises a shaft  21930  and a firing member  21960  configured to be translated within the shaft  21930 . The stapling assembly further comprises a lockout system  21980  including a lock arm  21982  rotatably mounted to the staple firing member  21960  about a pivot  21984 . The lock arm  21982  is rotatable between an unactuated position, which is shown in solid lines in  FIG. 144 , and an actuated position, which is shown in phantom lines in  FIG. 144 . The lockout system  21980  further comprises a coil spring  21985  mounted to the staple firing member  21960  and the lock arm  21982  which is configured to bias the lock arm  21982  into its unactuated position. The lockout system  21980  further comprises an actuator, or weight,  21989  mounted to the lock arm  21982  which is configured to inertially rotate the lock arm  21982  when the firing member  21960  is accelerated distally. When the firing member  21960  is accelerated too quickly, or above a threshold level, the inertial force generated by the weight  21989  is sufficient to overcome the biasing force of the spring  21985  and rotate the lock arm  21982  into engagement with a rack of teeth  21981  defined in the shaft  21930 . In such instances, the lockout system  21890  will stop, impede, or slow the distal progression of the staple firing system until the acceleration of the firing member  21960  drops below the threshold and the spring  21985  can pull the lock arm  21982  out of engagement with the rack of teeth  21981 . 
     In addition to or in lieu of the above, a stapling assembly can comprise means for regulating the speed of a staple firing system which can, in various instances, reduce or smooth acceleration spikes generated within the staple firing system. Turning now to  FIG. 155 , a stapling assembly can comprise a shaft  22030  and a staple firing member  22060  configured to be translated within the shaft  22030 . The stapling assembly further comprises a dampening system  22080  including a dampening member, or bumper,  22081  configured to slow the distal translation and/or proximal translation of the staple firing member  22060 . The dampening member  22081  is comprised of a compliant and/or elastomeric material, such as rubber, for example, which is configured to generate a dampening force opposing the pushing force being applied to the firing member  22060  when the firing member  22060  contacts the dampening member  22081 . The firing member  22060  extends through an aperture defined in the dampening member  22081  and comprises an annular ridge  22082  configured to engage the dampening member  22081 . Although only one dampening member  22081  and shaft ridge  22082  are illustrated in  FIG. 155 , the stapling assembly can comprise any suitable number of dampening members  22081  and/or shaft ridges  22082 , for example. 
     Further to the above, the bumper  22081  is positioned within the shaft  22030  such that the ridge  22082  contacts the bumper  22081  just before the firing member  22060  reaches a missing cartridge and/or spent cartridge lockout. In such instances, the dampening system  22080  can reduce the speed of the firing member  22060  before the firing member  22060  reaches a lockout and, as a result, reduce the possibility that the firing member  22060  crashes through, or unintentionally defeats, the lockout. 
     Turning now to  FIG. 156 , a stapling assembly can comprise a shaft  22130  and a staple firing member  22160  configured to be translated within the shaft  22130 . The stapling assembly further comprises a hydraulic dampening system  22180  including a cylinder assembly configured to slow the firing member  22160  during its staple firing stroke. The cylinder assembly comprises an input piston  22181  slidably positioned in a chamber  22183  which is sealingly engaged with the sidewalls of the chamber  22183 . The cylinder assembly further comprises an output piston  22184  slidably positioned in a chamber  22185  which is sealingly engaged with the sidewalls of the chamber  22185 . As illustrated in  FIG. 156 , a portion of the chamber  22183  is in fluid communication with a portion of the chamber  22185  via a restricted orifice  22189 . An incompressible, or substantially incompressible, fluid  22182  is contained in the chambers  22183  and  22185  between the input piston  22181  and the output piston  22184 . In at least one instance, the fluid  22182  comprises hydraulic fluid, for example. In certain instances, the fluid  22182  comprises salt water, for example. When the firing member  22160  is advanced distally, the firing member  22160 , or a shoulder defined on the firing member  22160 , contacts a cam, or angled, surface defined on the input piston  22181  and drives the input piston downwardly into the chamber  22183 . In such instances, the input piston  22181  displaces the fluid  22182  into the chamber  22185  which, in turn, displaces the output piston  22184  within the chamber  22185 . The movement of the output piston  22184 , the fluid  22182 , and the input piston  22181  is resisted by a spring  22186  positioned in the chamber  22185 . As a result of the above, the dampening system  22180  applies a drag force to the firing member  22160  which increases proportionately with an increase in the speed of the firing member  22160  and can limit the maximum speed of the firing member  22160 . Similar to the above, the dampening system  22180  can be positioned in the shaft  22130  so that the firing member  22160  contacts the dampening system  22180  just before, or at least before, the firing member  22160  reaches a lockout. 
     Turning now to  FIG. 158 , a stapling assembly can comprise a shaft  22330  and a firing member  22360  slidable within the shaft  22330 . The stapling assembly further comprises a pneumatic piston arrangement  22380  configured to apply a drag force to the firing member  22360 . The firing member  22360  comprises a cylindrical, or at least substantially cylindrical, rod extending through a support defined in the shaft  22330  and an integrally-formed piston  22362  slideably positioned in a cylinder  22383  defined in the shaft  22330 . The piston arrangement  22380  comprises one or more piston seals  22382  seated within seal grooves extending around the piston  22362 . The piston seals  22382  are sealingly engaged with the piston  22362  and a cylinder wall  22381  of the cylinder  22383 . The piston arrangement  22380  further comprises one or more seals  22361 , seated in seal grooves defined in the shaft support, which are sealingly engaged with the shaft  22330  and the firing member  22360 . In various instances, the seals  22361  and  22383  comprise compliant O-rings, for example. In any event, the distal displacement of the firing member  22360  compresses air in the cylinder  22383  and forces the compressed air through a vent  22363  defined in the shaft  22330 . This arrangement applies a drag force to the firing member  22360  which increases proportionately with the speed of the firing member  22360 . 
     Further to the above, the diameter and/or length of the vent  22363  can be selected to limit the speed of the firing member  22360  in a desired manner. Moreover, the seals  22382  are sealingly engaged with the shaft  22330  when the firing member  22360  is advanced distally and retracted proximally and, as a result, the piston arrangement  22380  applies a drag force to the firing member  22360  when the firing member  22360  is advanced distally and retracted proximally. In at least one embodiment, a valve, such as a one-way valve, for example, can be positioned and arranged relative to the vent  22363 . The valve can provide an orifice having a smaller diameter when the firing member  22360  is being advanced distally and an orifice having a larger diameter when the firing member  22360  is retracted proximally. In such instances, the vent can apply a larger drag force to the firing member  22360  when the firing member  22360  is being advanced distally as compared to when the firing member  22360  is being retracted proximally for a given speed. As a result, the valve can provide different directional speed limits. 
     Turning now to  FIG. 147 , a stapling assembly can comprise a staple firing shaft  22060  which is displaced distally to eject staples from a staple cartridge. The stapling assembly further comprises means for applying an electromagnetic drag force and/or magnetic drag force to the staple firing shaft  22260 . In at least one instance, the stapling assembly comprises a wound conductor coil  22280  which is energized by a power source, such as a battery, for example, such that a current flows through the coil  22280 . The wound conductor coil  22280 , once energized, creates a magnetic field which interacts with magnetic elements  22282  defined in and/or attached to the shaft  22260 . In at least one instance, the magnetic elements  22282  comprise permanent magnets, for example. The polarity of the power source is applied to the coil  22280  such that coil  22280  generates a magnetic field which applies a repulsive force to the ferromagnetic elements  22282  as the firing member  22260  approaches the coil  22280  and, as a result, applies a drag force to the firing member  22360  during the staple firing stroke. The intensity or strength of the magnetic field created by the coil  22280  is stronger near the coil  22280  and, as a result, the drag force applied to the firing member  22360  will be greater near the coil  22280 . 
     In view of the above, the coil  22280 , when energized, can act as a brake and, in certain instances, stop, or at least assist in stopping, the longitudinal movement of the firing member  22360  at the end of the staple firing stroke, for example. In certain instances, the voltage polarity applied to the coil  22280  can be reversed to reverse the flow of current through the coil  22280  during the retraction stroke of the firing member  22360 . In such instances, the coil  22280  can apply a braking force to the firing member  22360  as the firing member  22360  is retracted away from the coil  22280 . Although only one coil  22280  is illustrated in  FIG. 147 , a stapling assembly can comprise any suitable number of energizable coils. In addition to or in lieu of the above, a stapling assembly can comprise one or more permanent magnets mounted to the shaft of the stapling assembly which can apply a magnetic braking force to the staple firing member. 
     In at least one embodiment, referring again to  FIG. 147 , a power source is not applied to the coil  22280  and the coil  22280  can act as electric/inductive brake. In such embodiments, the movement of the magnetic elements  22282  through the coil  22280  generates a current in the coil  22280  which, in turn, generates a magnetic field which opposes the movement of the magnetic elements  22282 . When the magnetic elements  22282  are moved slowly relative to the coil  22280 , the opposing magnetic field exerts a negligible braking force on the firing member  22260 . When the magnetic elements  22282  are moved quickly relative to the coil  22280 , the opposing magnetic field is much stronger and applies a much stronger braking force to the firing member  22260 . The coil  22280  and the magnetic elements  22282  can be positioned and arranged such that the braking force is applied to the firing member  22260  just before, or at least before, the firing member  22260  reaches a missing cartridge and/or spent cartridge lockout. 
     As discussed above, the firing member of a staple firing system can be driven by an electric motor. A motor controller, that may include a processor, and which can be implemented as a microcontroller, can be utilized to control the voltage supplied to the electric motor and, as a result, control the speed of the staple firing member. In certain instances, the motor controller can utilize pulse width modulation (PWM) and/or frequency modulation (FM), for example, to control the speed of the electric motor. In other instances, the motor controller may not modulate the power supplied to the electric motor. In either event, a stapling assembly can comprise a sensor system in communication with the motor controller which is configured to detect whether or not an unspent staple cartridge, or an unspent staple cartridge jaw, has been attached to the stapling assembly. In the event that the sensor system detects that an unspent staple cartridge is attached to the stapling assembly, the motor controller can recognize a signal from the sensor system indicating the presence of an unspent staple cartridge and operate the electric motor of the staple firing system when the user of the stapling assembly actuates the staple firing system. In the event that the sensor system does not detect an unspent staple cartridge attached to the stapling assembly, the motor controller receives a signal from the sensor system indicating that an unspent cartridge is not attached to the stapling assembly and prevents the electric motor from operating the staple firing system. Such an arrangement can comprise an electronic or software lockout. 
     In addition to or in lieu of the above, a stapling system can comprise a sensor system configured to track the displacement of a staple firing member. Referring to  FIG. 149 , a staple firing member  22460  of a stapling assembly  22400  is movable between a proximal, unfired position and a distal, fired position along a staple firing path  22463 . A detectable magnetic element  22461 , for example, is mounted to the staple firing member  22460  which moves along, or at least substantially along, the staple firing path  22463 . In at least one instance, the magnetic element  22461  is a permanent magnet, for example, which is comprised of iron, nickel, and/or any other suitable material. The sensor system comprises a first, or proximal, sensor  22401 ′ and a second, or distal, sensor  22401  which are configured to detect the magnetic element  22461  as it moves along the staple firing path  22463  with the translatable member  22460 . The first sensor  22401 ′ and the second sensor  22401  each comprise a Hall Effect sensor; however, the sensors  22401 ′ and  22401  can comprise any suitable sensor. The sensors  22401 ′ and  22401  output a voltage that varies depending on their respective distances from the magnetic element  22461  (a higher voltage is output when the distance is small and a lesser voltage is output when the distance is great). 
     Further to the above, the sensor system comprises a sensor circuit including, among other things, a voltage source  22403 , for example, in communication with the sensors  22401 ′ and  22401  which supplies power to the sensors  22401 ′ and  22401 . The sensor circuit further comprises a first switch  22405 ′ in communication with the first sensor  22401 ′ and a second switch  22405  in communication with the second sensor  22401 . In at least one instance, the switches  22401 ′ and  22401  each comprise a transistor, such as a FET, for example. The outputs of the sensors  22401 ′,  22401  are connected to the central (gate) terminal of the switches  22405 ′,  22405 , respectively. Prior to the firing stroke of the staple firing member  22460 , the output voltages from the sensors  22401 ′,  22401  are high so that the first switch  22405 ′ and the second switch  22405  are in closed conditions. 
     When the magnetic element  22461  passes by the first sensor  22401 ′, the voltage output of the first sensor  22401 ′ is sufficient to change the first switch between a closed condition and an open condition. Similarly, the voltage output of the second sensor  22401  is sufficient to change the second switch  22405  between a closed condition and an open condition when the magnetic element  22461  passes by the second sensor  22401 . When both of the switches  22405 ′ and  22405  are in an open condition, a ground potential is applied to an operational amplifier circuit  22406 . The operational amplifier circuit  22406  is in signal communication with an input channel of a microcontroller  22490  of the motor controller and, when a ground potential is applied to the operational amplifier circuit  22406 , the microcontroller  22490  receives a ground signal from the circuit  22406 . 
     When the microcontroller  22490  receives a ground signal from the circuit  22406 , the microcontroller  22490  can determine that the staple firing stroke has been completed and that the staple cartridge positioned in the stapling assembly  22400  has been completely spent. Other embodiments are envisioned in which the sensor system is configured to detect a partial firing stroke of the staple firing member  22460  and supply a signal to the microcontroller  22490  that indicates that the staple cartridge has been at least partially spent. In either event, the motor controller can be configured to prevent the firing member  22460  from performing another firing stroke until the staple cartridge has been replaced with an unspent cartridge. In at least one instance, further to the above, the sensor system comprises a sensor configured to detect whether the spent cartridge has been detached from the stapling assembly and/or whether an unspent cartridge has been assembled to the stapling assembly. 
     Further to the above, the sensor system can be configured to detect whether the firing member  22460  has been retracted along a retraction path  22462 . In at least one instance, the magnetic element  22461  can be detected by the sensor  22401  as the magnetic element  22461  is retracted along the path  22462  and change the second switch  22405  back into a closed condition. Similarly, the magnetic element  22461  can be detected by the sensor  22401 ′ as the magnetic element  22461  is retracted along the path  22463  and change the first switch  22405 ′ back into a closed condition. By closing the switches  22405  and  22405 ′, the voltage polarity from the battery  22403  is applied to the circuit  22406  and, as a result, the microprocessor  22490  receives a Vcc signal from the circuit  22406  on its input channel. In various instances, the motor controller can be configured to prevent the electric motor from being operated to perform another staple firing stroke until the firing member  22460  has been fully retracted. 
     A stapling assembly  25700  comprising a staple cartridge  25730 , a firing member  25760 , and a lockout  25780  is illustrated in  FIGS. 130-133 . The staple cartridge  25730  comprises a sled  25770  which is pushed distally by the firing member  25760  during a staple firing stroke of the firing member  25760 . During the staple firing stroke, the firing member  25760  pushes the sled  25770  distally from a proximal, unfired position ( FIGS. 130 and 131 ) toward a distal, fired position ( FIGS. 132 and 133 ). The sled  25770  is configured to slide under staples removably stored in staple cavities defined in the staple cartridge  25730  and eject the staples from the staple cavities. In various instances, the staple cartridge  25730  comprises staple drivers which, one, support the staples in the staple cartridge and, two, are driven by the sled  25770  to eject the staples from the staple cavities. After the staple firing stroke of the firing member  25760  has been completed, the firing member  25760  is retracted proximally. Notably, the sled  25770  is not retracted proximally with the firing member  25760 . 
     Further to the above, the lockout  25780  comprises lock arms  25782 . Each lock arm  25782  comprises a cantilever beam including a first end mounted to a shaft of the stapling assembly  25700  and a movable second end configured to engage the firing member  25760 . The firing member  25760  comprises lock apertures  25762  defined therein which are configured to receive the second ends of the lock arms  25782 . When the sled  25770  is in its proximal, unfired position ( FIGS. 130 and 131 ), however, the sled  25770  deflects the lock arms  25782  laterally away from the firing member  25760  and holds the lock arms  25782  out of the lock apertures  25762 . As a result, the lockout  25780  does not prevent the firing member  25760  from performing a staple firing stroke when a staple cartridge  25730  is positioned in the stapling assembly  25700  and the sled  25770  of that staple cartridge  25730  is in its unfired position. When the firing member  25760  is advanced distally during its staple firing stroke, the lock apertures  25762  defined in the firing member  25760  are no longer aligned with the lock arms  25782  and, as a result, the lock arms  25782  do not interfere with the stapling firing stroke once it has begun. After the staple firing stroke of the firing member  25760 , the firing member  25760  is retracted proximally to its unfired position, as illustrated in  FIGS. 132 and 133 . At such point, the lock apertures  25762  are re-aligned with the lock arms  25782  and, as the sled  25770  was not returned to its unfired position, the lock arms  25782  can enter into the lock apertures  25762  and lockout the firing member  25760 . 
     As a result of the above, the lockout  25780  comprises a missing cartridge lockout and a spent cartridge lockout. Alternative embodiments are envisioned in which the staple cartridge  25730  is not removable from the stapling assembly  25700 . In such embodiments, the lockout  25780  would comprise a spent cartridge lockout. 
     Referring to  FIGS. 134 and 135 , a stapling assembly  25800  comprises a staple cartridge  25830  including a cartridge body  25831 , a sled  25870  movable distally within the cartridge body  25831 , and staple drivers  25880 . The cartridge body comprises staple cavities  25832  defined therein and staples removably stored in the staple cavities  25832 . The sled  25870  is translatable distally between a proximal, unfired position ( FIG. 134 ) and a distal, fired position during a staple firing stroke. During the staple firing stroke, the sled  25870  contacts the staple drivers  25880  and drives the staple drivers  25880  upwardly within the staple cavities  25832 , as illustrated in  FIG. 135 . Notably, the cartridge body  25831  comprises several longitudinal rows of staple cavities  25832  defined therein and the staple drivers  25880  are arranged in longitudinal rows which are aligned with the longitudinal rows of staple cavities  25832 . During the staple firing stroke of the sled  25870 , the staple drivers  25880  and the staples are driven sequentially as the sled  25870  is advanced distally. Stated another way, the proximal-most staples drivers  25880  and staples are fired before the distal-most drivers  25880  and staples are fired. In various instances, the firing of the proximal-most staple drivers  25880  marks the beginning of the staple firing stroke. 
     Referring again to  FIGS. 134 and 135 , the staple cartridge  25830  comprises a lockout circuit configured to detect when the staple cartridge  25830  has been at least partially fired. A portion of the lockout circuit extends through the cartridge body  25831  and includes electrical contacts  25834 . Another portion of the lockout circuit extends through the proximal-most staple driver  25880  and includes electrical contacts  25884  which are aligned with the electrical contacts  25834 . When the staple cartridge  25830  is in its unfired condition ( FIG. 134 ), the driver contacts  25884  abut the cartridge body contacts  25834  and, as a result, the lockout circuit is in a closed condition. When the proximal-most staple driver  25880  is lifted upwardly by the sled  25870 , the driver contacts  25884  are disengaged from the cartridge body contacts  25834  and the lockout circuit is opened. The lockout circuit is in signal communication with a controller of the stapling assembly  25800  which is configured to interpret that the opening of the lockout circuit means that the staple cartridge  25830  in the stapling assembly  25800  has been at least partially fired and that the staple firing system should not be operated a second, or additional, time without the staple cartridge  25830  being replaced with an unspent staple cartridge  25830 . Once an unspent staple cartridge  25830  has been positioned in the stapling assembly  25800  and the lockout circuit is closed by the unspent staple cartridge  25830 , the controller can permit the staple firing system to be operated once again. 
     In various instances, referring again to  FIG. 135 , the proximal-most staple driver  25880  is in a slight friction-fit engagement with the sidewalls of a staple cavity  25832 . As a result, the proximal-most staple driver  25880  stays in its fired position after it has been lifted upwardly by the sled  25870  and, as such, the driver contacts  25884  are held out of contact with the cartridge body contacts  25834  once the lockout circuit is opened and the possibility of the lockout circuit re-closing is reduced. 
     As described above, the staple firing stroke of the staple cartridge  25830  opens the lockout circuit. In alternative embodiments, the staple firing stroke of a staple cartridge can close a lockout circuit. In such embodiments, the controller of the stapling assembly can interpret that the closing of the lockout circuit means that the staple cartridge has been at least partially fired and that the staple firing system should not be operated a second, or additional, time without the staple cartridge being replaced with an unspent staple cartridge. 
     In addition to or in lieu of the above, a stapling assembly can include a detection circuit configured to detect when the distal-most staple driver  25880  and staple have been fired. In at least one such instance, the distal-most staple driver  25880  can have the contact arrangement described above, and/or any other suitable arrangement, which changes the condition of the detection circuit. The controller of the stapling assembly can interpret that the change in condition of the detection circuit means that the staple cartridge has been completely fired and that the staple firing system should be retracted, for instance. 
     Turning now to  FIGS. 136 and 137 , a stapling assembly  25900  comprises a shaft  25910 , an anvil jaw  25920 , and a staple cartridge jaw which is removably attachable to a frame of the shaft  25910 . The stapling assembly  25900  further comprises an articulation joint  25940  configured to permit the anvil jaw  25920  and the staple cartridge jaw to articulate relative to the shaft  25910 . Similar to the embodiments described herein, the staple cartridge jaw is movable between an open position and a closed position to clamp the tissue of a patient against the anvil jaw  25920 . 
     The stapling assembly  25900  further comprises a lockout circuit  25980  configured to detect when the staple cartridge jaw is in its closed position. The lockout circuit  25980  comprises conductors  25984  extending through the shaft  25910  and an electrode pad  25982  positioned in the anvil jaw  25920 . The conductors  25984  place the electrode pad  25982  in communication with a controller of the stapling assembly  25900  and, in various instances, the controller can apply a voltage potential across the conductors  25984  to create a monitoring current within the lockout circuit  25980 . As described in greater detail below, the controller is configured to evaluate the impedance and/or resistivity of the lockout circuit  25980  and monitor for changes in the impedance and/or resistivity of the lockout circuit  25980  via the monitoring current. 
     Further to the above, referring primarily to  FIG. 137 , the staple cartridge jaw comprises a pin  25932  configured to puncture and/or deform the electrode pad  25982  when the staple cartridge jaw is moved into its closed position. The pin  25932  is comprised of stainless steel, for example, and disrupts the impedance and/or resistivity of the lockout circuit  25980  which is detected by the controller. Such a disruption can inform the controller that, one, a staple cartridge jaw has been attached to the stapling assembly  25900  and, two, the staple cartridge jaw has been closed. At such point, the controller can electronically unlock the staple firing system and permit the staple firing system to perform its staple firing stroke. In at least one such instance, the staple firing system comprises an electric motor and a battery, wherein the controller comprises an electronic or software lockout that prevents the battery from supplying sufficient power to the electric motor to perform the staple firing stroke until the controller detects that a sufficient change in a parameter of the lockout circuit  25980  has occurred. As a result, the staple firing system of the stapling assembly  25900  cannot be operated until the staple cartridge jaw has been closed. 
     Referring again to  FIG. 136 , the lockout circuit  25980  extends through the shaft  25910  and the anvil jaw  25920 , but not the staple cartridge jaw. While the pin  25932  of the staple cartridge jaw disrupts the lockout circuit  25980 , as described above, the pin  25932  is electrically insulated within the staple cartridge jaw and does not close or open the lockout circuit  25980 . 
     Alternatively, referring again to  FIGS. 136 and 137 , the pin  25932  is part of the lockout circuit  25980  and the electrode pad  25982  comprises a contact which is punctured by the pin  25932 . In such embodiments, the pin  25932  closes the lockout circuit when the pin  25932  engages the electrode pad  25982  such that a sensing current can flow between the pin  25932  and the electrode pad  25982 . In at least one instance, the electrode pad  25982  can be comprised of a self-healing material, such as a conductive gel, for example. In various instances, the pin  25932  may puncture tissue before entering into the electrode pad  25982 . Referring again to  FIG. 136  the electrode pad  25982  can comprise a wipe pad  25983  configured to at least partially clean the pin  25932  before the pin  25932  enters into the electrode pad  25982 . 
     Referring to  FIGS. 138 and 139 , the shaft  25910  comprises an outer housing  25911  including a longitudinal slot  25912  defined therein which is configured to slidably receive a firing member  25960 . The longitudinal slot  25912  extends through the articulation joint  25940  and into the anvil jaw  25920  and the staple cartridge jaw. When the anvil jaw  25920  and the staple cartridge jaw are in an unarticulated orientation, the longitudinal slot  25912  is straight, or does not include a change in direction. When the anvil jaw  25920  and the staple cartridge jaw are in an articulated orientation, the longitudinal slot  25912  comprises a change in direction. As a result, the firing member  25960  needs to be sufficiently flexible to pass through the articulation joint  25940 . Such flexibility of the firing member  25960 , however, may cause the firing member  25960  to buckle during the staple firing stroke. To prevent or reduce such buckling, the stapling assembly  25900  further comprises anti-buckling, or anti-blowout, plates  25944  positioned on opposite sides of the firing member  25960  which are configured to support the firing member  25960  within and/or adjacent to the articulation joint  25940 . In at least one instance, the anti-buckling plates  25944  are positioned in the shaft  25910  proximally with respect to the articulation joint  25940 . 
     Further to the above, the shaft  25910  and the articulation joint  25940  include routing channels defined therein configured to receive the conductors  25984  of the lockout circuit  25980 . For instance, the shaft  25910  comprises channels  25915  defined in the outer housing  25911  of the shaft  25910 . In at least one such instance, a first conductor  25984  extends through a first channel  25915  and a second conductor  25984  extends through a second channel  25915 . Moreover, each anti-buckling plate  25984  comprises a channel  25945  defined therein configured to receive a conductor  25984 . The channels  25945  are aligned, or at least substantially aligned, with the channels  25915 . 
     Referring to  FIG. 140 , a staple cartridge  26230  comprises a longitudinal slot  26231  and longitudinal rows of staple cavities  26232  defined therein. During a staple firing stroke, a firing member, such as the firing member  25960 , for example, is configured to slide within the longitudinal slot  26231  to push a sled, such as sled  25770 , for example, distally to eject staples from the staple cavities  26232 . Similar to the above, the firing member  25960  and the sled  25770  sequentially eject the staples from the staple cavities  26232  and, as a result, sequentially deform the staples against an anvil, such as the anvil  25920 , for example. The pushing force transmitted through the firing member  25960  to sequentially deform the staples is rarely, if ever, constant. Rather, the pushing force typically includes a series of spikes which are coincident with the staples being deformed against the anvil.  FIG. 141A  illustrates such force spikes. More particularly,  FIG. 141A  illustrates a typical force profile  26260  of the pushing force (F) experienced by the firing member  25960  over the length (L) of the staple firing stroke. The force profile  26260  comprises peaks  26261  and valleys  26262  between the peaks  26261 . 
     In various instances, further to the above, the controller of a stapling assembly can be configured to monitor the pushing force being applied to the firing member  25960 . In at least one instance, the staple firing system comprises an electric motor configured to drive the firing member  25960  and, in such instances, the current drawn by the electric motor during the staple firing stroke can be monitored as a proxy for the pushing force being applied to the firing member  25960 . In fact, a chart comparing the current drawn by the electric motor over the staple firing stroke may look very similar to the force profile  26260  illustrated in  FIG. 140A . In certain embodiments, a force transducer can be utilized to monitor the pushing force. In any event, the controller can count the peaks  26261  of the force profile  26260  during the firing stroke and stop the staple firing stroke after a predetermined count threshold has been reached. In at least one such instance, a staple cartridge can comprise 100 staples removably stored therein and, after the controller has counted  100  force and/or current spikes, the controller can interrupt the power to the electric motor, for example, as it can be assumed that the staple firing stroke has been completed. 
     In various instances, further to the above, a stapling assembly can be configured for use with staple cartridges having different lengths and/or different quantities of staples stored therein. For example, the stapling assembly can be usable with a first staple cartridge configured to apply an approximately 45 mm staple line and a second staple cartridge configured to apply an approximately 60 mm staple line. The first staple cartridge comprises a first quantity of staples removably stored therein and the second staple cartridge comprises a second quantity of staples removably stored therein which is more than the first quantity. When the first staple cartridge is being used with the stapling assembly, the controller is configured to stop the staple firing stroke after the controller identifies a first number of force spikes and, similarly, the controller is configured to stop the staple firing stroke after the controller identifies a second number of force spikes when the second staple cartridge is being used with the stapling assembly. Stated another way, the controller can be configured to evaluate the force profile of the first cartridge, such as force profile  26260 , for example, and the force profile of the second cartridge, such as force profile  26260 ′, for example. Moreover, the controller can be configured to monitor the force profiles of any suitable number of staple cartridges. 
     Further to the above, the staple cartridges that can be used with a stapling assembly can comprise unique identifiers that can assist the controller of the stapling assembly in identifying the type of staple cartridge that is attached to the stapling assembly. In at least one instance, the staple cartridges have unique RFID tags which can communicate with the controller of the stapling assembly, for example. In certain instances, the staple cartridges have bar codes thereon which can be scanned before they are used with the stapling assembly, for example. Once the controller identifies the type of staple cartridge attached to the stapling assembly, the controller can determine the appropriate length of the staple firing stroke. In at least one instance, information regarding the appropriate firing stroke length for a staple cartridge can be stored in a memory device, for example, in communication with a microprocessor of the controller. 
     In addition to or in lieu of the above, a staple cartridge, such as the staple cartridge  26230 , for example, can be configured to create detectable force spikes in the pushing force and/or current spikes being drawn by the electric motor at the end of the staple firing stroke. Referring to  FIG. 140 , the staple cartridge  26230  comprises one or more bridges  26233  extending across the longitudinal slot  26231  near the distal end of the longitudinal slot  26231 , i.e., near the distal end of the staple firing stroke. As the firing member  26260  is advanced distally, the firing member  26260  contacts the bridges  26233  and breaks and/or incises the bridges  26233  which creates spikes in the pushing force and/or supply current which are different that the spikes created when the staples are deformed. In at least one instance, the spikes created by defeating the bridges  26233  are much larger than the spikes created by deforming the staples and the controller is configured to discern the difference in such spikes. Once the controller identifies that certain spikes have been created by the bridges, the controller can stop the staple firing stroke. As the reader should appreciate, such an arrangement would allow the controller to stop the staple firing system at the appropriate moment regardless of the length of the staple cartridge attached to the stapling assembly and/or regardless of the number of staples stored in the staple cartridge, for example. 
     While various details have been set forth in the foregoing description, it will be appreciated that the various aspects of the mechanisms for compensating for drivetrain failure in powered surgical instruments may be practiced without these specific details. For example, for conciseness and clarity selected aspects have been shown in block diagram form rather than in detail. Some portions of the detailed descriptions provided herein may be presented in terms of instructions that operate on data that is stored in a computer memory. Such descriptions and representations are used by those skilled in the art to describe and convey the substance of their work to others skilled in the art. In general, an algorithm refers to a self-consistent sequence of steps leading to a desired result, where a “step” refers to a manipulation of physical quantities which may, though need not necessarily, take the form of electrical or magnetic signals capable of being stored, transferred, combined, compared, and otherwise manipulated. It is common usage to refer to these signals as bits, values, elements, symbols, characters, terms, numbers, or the like. These and similar terms may be associated with the appropriate physical quantities and are merely convenient labels applied to these quantities. 
     Unless specifically stated otherwise as apparent from the foregoing discussion, it is appreciated that, throughout the foregoing description, discussions using terms such as “processing” or “computing” or “calculating” or “determining” or “displaying” or the like, refer to the action and processes of a computer system, or similar electronic computing device, that manipulates and transforms data represented as physical (electronic) quantities within the computer system&#39;s registers and memories into other data similarly represented as physical quantities within the computer system memories or registers or other such information storage, transmission or display devices. 
     It is worthy to note that any reference to “one aspect” or “an aspect,” means that a particular feature, structure, or characteristic described in connection with the aspect is included in at least one aspect. Thus, appearances of the phrases “in one aspect” or “in an aspect” in various places throughout the specification are not necessarily all referring to the same aspect. Furthermore, the particular features, structures or characteristics may be combined in any suitable manner in one or more aspects. 
     Although various aspects have been described herein, many modifications, variations, substitutions, changes, and equivalents to those aspects may be implemented and will occur to those skilled in the art. Also, where materials are disclosed for certain components, other materials may be used. It is therefore to be understood that the foregoing description and the appended claims are intended to cover all such modifications and variations as falling within the scope of the disclosed aspects. The following claims are intended to cover all such modification and variations. 
     Some or all of the aspects described herein may generally comprise technologies for mechanisms for compensating for drivetrain failure in powered surgical instruments, or otherwise according to technologies described herein. In a general sense, those skilled in the art will recognize that the various aspects described herein which can be implemented, individually and/or collectively, by a wide range of hardware, software, firmware, or any combination thereof can be viewed as being composed of various types of “electrical circuitry.” Consequently, as used herein “electrical circuitry” includes, but is not limited to, electrical circuitry having at least one discrete electrical circuit, electrical circuitry having at least one integrated circuit, electrical circuitry having at least one application specific integrated circuit, electrical circuitry forming a general purpose computing device configured by a computer program (e.g., a general purpose computer configured by a computer program which at least partially carries out processes and/or devices described herein, or a microprocessor configured by a computer program which at least partially carries out processes and/or devices described herein), electrical circuitry forming a memory device (e.g., forms of random access memory), and/or electrical circuitry forming a communications device (e.g., a modem, communications switch, or optical-electrical equipment). Those having skill in the art will recognize that the subject matter described herein may be implemented in an analog or digital fashion or some combination thereof. 
     The foregoing detailed description has set forth various aspects of the devices and/or processes via the use of block diagrams, flowcharts, and/or examples. Insofar as such block diagrams, flowcharts, and/or examples contain one or more functions and/or operations, it will be understood by those within the art that each function and/or operation within such block diagrams, flowcharts, or examples can be implemented, individually and/or collectively, by a wide range of hardware, software, firmware, or virtually any combination thereof. In one aspect, several portions of the subject matter described herein may be implemented via Application Specific Integrated Circuits (ASICs), Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs), digital signal processors (DSPs), or other integrated formats. Those skilled in the art will recognize, however, that some aspects of the aspects disclosed herein, in whole or in part, can be equivalently implemented in integrated circuits, as one or more computer programs running on one or more computers (e.g., as one or more programs running on one or more computer systems), as one or more programs running on one or more processors (e.g., as one or more programs running on one or more microprocessors), as firmware, or as virtually any combination thereof, and that designing the circuitry and/or writing the code for the software and or firmware would be well within the skill of one of skill in the art in light of this disclosure. In addition, those skilled in the art will appreciate that the mechanisms of the subject matter described herein are capable of being distributed as a program product in a variety of forms, and that an illustrative aspect of the subject matter described herein applies regardless of the particular type of signal bearing medium used to actually carry out the distribution. Examples of a signal bearing medium include, but are not limited to, the following: a recordable type medium such as a floppy disk, a hard disk drive, a Compact Disc (CD), a Digital Video Disk (DVD), a digital tape, a computer memory, etc.; and a transmission type medium such as a digital and/or an analog communication medium (e.g., a fiber optic cable, a waveguide, a wired communications link, a wireless communication link (e.g., transmitter, receiver, transmission logic, reception logic, etc.), etc.). 
     Many of the surgical instrument systems described herein are motivated by an electric motor; however, the surgical instrument systems described herein can be motivated in any suitable manner. In various instances, the surgical instrument systems described herein can be motivated by a manually-operated trigger, for example. In certain instances, the motors disclosed herein may comprise a portion or portions of a robotically controlled system. Moreover, any of the end effectors and/or tool assemblies disclosed herein can be utilized with a robotic surgical instrument system. U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/118,241, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENTS WITH ROTATABLE STAPLE DEPLOYMENT ARRANGEMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,072,535, for example, discloses several examples of a robotic surgical instrument system in greater detail. The entire disclosure of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/118,241, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENTS WITH ROTATABLE STAPLE DEPLOYMENT ARRANGEMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,072,535 is incorporated by reference herein. 
     The entire disclosures of: 
     European Patent Application No. EP 795298, entitled LINEAR STAPLER WITH IMPROVED FIRING STROKE, which was filed on Mar. 12, 1997; 
     U.S. Pat. No. 5,605,272, entitled TRIGGER MECHANISM FOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS, which issued on Feb. 25, 1997; 
     U.S. Pat. No. 5,697,543, entitled LINEAR STAPLER WITH IMPROVED FIRING STROKE, which issued on Dec. 16, 1997; 
     U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2005/0246881, entitled METHOD FOR MAKING A SURGICAL STAPLER, which published on Nov. 10, 2005; 
     U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0208359, entitled METHOD FOR STAPLING TISSUE, which published on Sep. 6, 2007; 
     U.S. Pat. No. 4,527,724, entitled DISPOSABLE LINEAR SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENT, which issued on Jul. 9, 1985; 
     U.S. Pat. No. 5,137,198, entitled FAST CLOSURE DEVICE FOR LINEAR SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENT, which issued on Aug. 11, 1992; 
     U.S. Pat. No. 5,405,073, entitled FLEXIBLE SUPPORT SHAFT ASSEMBLY, which issued on Apr. 11, 1995; 
     U.S. Pat. No. 8,360,297, entitled SURGICAL CUTTING AND STAPLING INSTRUMENT WITH SELF ADJUSTING ANVIL, which issued on Jan. 29, 2013; 
     U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/813,242, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT COMPRISING SYSTEMS FOR ASSURING THE PROPER SEQUENTIAL OPERATION OF THE SURGICAL INSTRUMENT, which was filed on Jul. 30, 2015, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,194,913; 
     U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/813,259, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT COMPRISING SEPARATE TISSUE SECURING AND TISSUE CUTTING SYSTEMS, which was filed on Jul. 30, 2015, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0027572; 
     U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/813,266, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT COMPRISING SYSTEMS FOR PERMITTING THE OPTIONAL TRANSECTION OF TISSUE, which was filed on Jul. 30, 2015, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0027573; 
     U.S. patent application Ser. No. 14/813,274, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT COMPRISING A SYSTEM FOR BYPASSING AN OPERATIONAL STEP OF THE SURGICAL INSTRUMENT; which was filed on Jul. 30, 2015, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0027574; 
     U.S. Pat. No. 5,403,312, entitled ELECTROSURGICAL HEMOSTATIC DEVICE, which issued on Apr. 4, 1995; 
     U.S. Pat. No. 7,000,818, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENT HAVING SEPARATE DISTINCT CLOSING AND FIRING SYSTEMS, which issued on Feb. 21, 2006; 
     U.S. Pat. No. 7,422,139, entitled MOTOR-DRIVEN SURGICAL CUTTING AND FASTENING INSTRUMENT WITH TACTILE POSITION FEEDBACK, which issued on Sep. 9, 2008; 
     U.S. Pat. No. 7,464,849, entitled ELECTRO-MECHANICAL SURGICAL INSTRUMENT WITH CLOSURE SYSTEM AND ANVIL ALIGNMENT COMPONENTS, which issued on Dec. 16, 2008; 
     U.S. Pat. No. 7,670,334, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT HAVING AN ARTICULATING END EFFECTOR, which issued on Mar. 2, 2010; 
     U.S. Pat. No. 7,753,245, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENTS, which issued on Jul. 13, 2010; 
     U.S. Pat. No. 8,393,514, entitled SELECTIVELY ORIENTABLE IMPLANTABLE FASTENER CARTRIDGE, which issued on Mar. 12, 2013; 
     U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/343,803, entitled SURGICAL INSTRUMENT HAVING RECORDING CAPABILITIES, now U.S. Pat. No. 7,845,537; 
     U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/031,573, entitled SURGICAL CUTTING AND FASTENING INSTRUMENT HAVING RF ELECTRODES, filed Feb. 14, 2008; 
     U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/031,873, entitled END EFFECTORS FOR A SURGICAL CUTTING AND STAPLING INSTRUMENT, filed Feb. 15, 2008, now U.S. Pat. No. 7,980,443; 
     U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/235,782, entitled MOTOR-DRIVEN SURGICAL CUTTING INSTRUMENT, now U.S. Pat. No. 8,210,411; 
     U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/249,117, entitled POWERED SURGICAL CUTTING AND STAPLING APPARATUS WITH MANUALLY RETRACTABLE FIRING SYSTEM, now U.S. Pat. No. 8,608,045; 
     U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/647,100, entitled MOTOR-DRIVEN SURGICAL CUTTING INSTRUMENT WITH ELECTRIC ACTUATOR DIRECTIONAL CONTROL ASSEMBLY, filed Dec. 24, 2009, now U.S. Pat. No. 8,220,688; 
     U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/893,461, entitled STAPLE CARTRIDGE, filed Sep. 29, 2012, now U.S. Pat. No. 8,733,613; 
     U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/036,647, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENT, filed Feb. 28, 2011, now U.S. Pat. No. 8,561,870; 
     U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/118,241, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENTS WITH ROTATABLE STAPLE DEPLOYMENT ARRANGEMENTS, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,072,535; 
     U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/524,049, entitled ARTICULATABLE SURGICAL INSTRUMENT COMPRISING A FIRING DRIVE, filed on Jun. 15, 2012, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,101,358; 
     U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/800,025, entitled STAPLE CARTRIDGE TISSUE THICKNESS SENSOR SYSTEM, filed on Mar. 13, 2013, now U.S. Pat. No. 9,345,481; 
     U.S. patent application Ser. No. 13/800,067, entitled STAPLE CARTRIDGE TISSUE THICKNESS SENSOR SYSTEM, filed on Mar. 13, 2013, now U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2014/0263552; 
     U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2007/0175955, entitled SURGICAL CUTTING AND FASTENING INSTRUMENT WITH CLOSURE TRIGGER LOCKING MECHANISM, filed Jan. 31, 2006; and 
     U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0264194, entitled SURGICAL STAPLING INSTRUMENT WITH AN ARTICULATABLE END EFFECTOR, filed Apr. 22, 2010, now U.S. Pat. No. 8,308,040, are hereby incorporated by reference herein. 
     The surgical instrument systems described herein have been described in connection with the deployment and deformation of staples; however, the embodiments described herein are not so limited. Various embodiments are envisioned which deploy fasteners other than staples, such as clamps or tacks, for example. Moreover, various embodiments are envisioned which utilize any suitable means for sealing tissue. For instance, an end effector in accordance with various embodiments can comprise electrodes configured to heat and seal the tissue. Also, for instance, an end effector in accordance with certain embodiments can apply vibrational energy to seal the tissue. 
     All of the above-mentioned U.S. patents, U.S. patent application publications, U.S. patent applications, foreign patents, foreign patent applications, non-patent publications referred to in this specification and/or listed in any Application Data Sheet, or any other disclosure material are incorporated herein by reference, to the extent not inconsistent herewith. As such, and to the extent necessary, the disclosure as explicitly set forth herein supersedes any conflicting material incorporated herein by reference. Any material, or portion thereof, that is said to be incorporated by reference herein, but which conflicts with existing definitions, statements, or other disclosure material set forth herein will only be incorporated to the extent that no conflict arises between that incorporated material and the existing disclosure material. 
     One skilled in the art will recognize that the herein described components (e.g., operations), devices, objects, and the discussion accompanying them are used as examples for the sake of conceptual clarity and that various configuration modifications are contemplated. Consequently, as used herein, the specific exemplars set forth and the accompanying discussion are intended to be representative of their more general classes. In general, use of any specific exemplar is intended to be representative of its class, and the non-inclusion of specific components (e.g., operations), devices, and objects should not be taken limiting. 
     With respect to the use of substantially any plural and/or singular terms herein, those having skill in the art can translate from the plural to the singular and/or from the singular to the plural as is appropriate to the context and/or application. The various singular/plural permutations are not expressly set forth herein for sake of clarity. 
     The herein described subject matter sometimes illustrates different components contained within, or connected with, different other components. It is to be understood that such depicted architectures are merely exemplary, and that in fact many other architectures may be implemented which achieve the same functionality. In a conceptual sense, any arrangement of components to achieve the same functionality is effectively “associated” such that the desired functionality is achieved. Hence, any two components herein combined to achieve a particular functionality can be seen as “associated with” each other such that the desired functionality is achieved, irrespective of architectures or intermedial components. Likewise, any two components so associated can also be viewed as being “operably connected,” or “operably coupled,” to each other to achieve the desired functionality, and any two components capable of being so associated can also be viewed as being “operably couplable,” to each other to achieve the desired functionality. Specific examples of operably couplable include but are not limited to physically mateable and/or physically interacting components, and/or wirelessly interactable, and/or wirelessly interacting components, and/or logically interacting, and/or logically interactable components. 
     Some aspects may be described using the expression “coupled” and “connected” along with their derivatives. It should be understood that these terms are not intended as synonyms for each other. For example, some aspects may be described using the term “connected” to indicate that two or more elements are in direct physical or electrical contact with each other. In another example, some aspects may be described using the term “coupled” to indicate that two or more elements are in direct physical or electrical contact. The term “coupled,” however, also may mean that two or more elements are not in direct contact with each other, but yet still co-operate or interact with each other. 
     In some instances, one or more components may be referred to herein as “configured to,” “configurable to,” “operable/operative to,” “adapted/adaptable,” “able to,” “conformable/conformed to,” etc. Those skilled in the art will recognize that “configured to” can generally encompass active-state components and/or inactive-state components and/or standby-state components, unless context requires otherwise. 
     While particular aspects of the subject matter described herein have been shown and described, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that, based upon the teachings herein, changes and modifications may be made without departing from the subject matter described herein and its broader aspects and, therefore, the appended claims are to encompass within their scope all such changes and modifications as are within the true spirit and scope of the subject matter described herein. It will be understood by those within the art that, in general, terms used herein, and especially in the appended claims (e.g., bodies of the appended claims) are generally intended as “open” terms (e.g., the term “including” should be interpreted as “including but not limited to,” the term “having” should be interpreted as “having at least,” the term “includes” should be interpreted as “includes but is not limited to,” etc.). It will be further understood by those within the art that if a specific number of an introduced claim recitation is intended, such an intent will be explicitly recited in the claim, and in the absence of such recitation no such intent is present. For example, as an aid to understanding, the following appended claims may contain usage of the introductory phrases “at least one” and “one or more” to introduce claim recitations. However, the use of such phrases should not be construed to imply that the introduction of a claim recitation by the indefinite articles “a” or “an” limits any particular claim containing such introduced claim recitation to claims containing only one such recitation, even when the same claim includes the introductory phrases “one or more” or “at least one” and indefinite articles such as “a” or “an” (e.g., “a” and/or “an” should typically be interpreted to mean “at least one” or “one or more”); the same holds true for the use of definite articles used to introduce claim recitations. 
     In addition, even if a specific number of an introduced claim recitation is explicitly recited, those skilled in the art will recognize that such recitation should typically be interpreted to mean at least the recited number (e.g., the bare recitation of “two recitations,” without other modifiers, typically means at least two recitations, or two or more recitations). Furthermore, in those instances where a convention analogous to “at least one of A, B, and C, etc.” is used, in general such a construction is intended in the sense one having skill in the art would understand the convention (e.g., “a system having at least one of A, B, and C” would include but not be limited to systems that have A alone, B alone, C alone, A and B together, A and C together, B and C together, and/or A, B, and C together, etc.). In those instances where a convention analogous to “at least one of A, B, or C, etc.” is used, in general such a construction is intended in the sense one having skill in the art would understand the convention (e.g., “a system having at least one of A, B, or C” would include but not be limited to systems that have A alone, B alone, C alone, A and B together, A and C together, B and C together, and/or A, B, and C together, etc.). It will be further understood by those within the art that typically a disjunctive word and/or phrase presenting two or more alternative terms, whether in the description, claims, or drawings, should be understood to contemplate the possibilities of including one of the terms, either of the terms, or both terms unless context dictates otherwise. For example, the phrase “A or B” will be typically understood to include the possibilities of “A” or “B” or “A and B.” 
     With respect to the appended claims, those skilled in the art will appreciate that recited operations therein may generally be performed in any order. Also, although various operational flows are presented in a sequence(s), it should be understood that the various operations may be performed in other orders than those which are illustrated, or may be performed concurrently. Examples of such alternate orderings may include overlapping, interleaved, interrupted, reordered, incremental, preparatory, supplemental, simultaneous, reverse, or other variant orderings, unless context dictates otherwise. Furthermore, terms like “responsive to,” “related to,” or other past-tense adjectives are generally not intended to exclude such variants, unless context dictates otherwise. 
     In certain cases, use of a system or method may occur in a territory even if components are located outside the territory. For example, in a distributed computing context, use of a distributed computing system may occur in a territory even though parts of the system may be located outside of the territory (e.g., relay, server, processor, signal-bearing medium, transmitting computer, receiving computer, etc. located outside the territory). 
     A sale of a system or method may likewise occur in a territory even if components of the system or method are located and/or used outside the territory. Further, implementation of at least part of a system for performing a method in one territory does not preclude use of the system in another territory. 
     Although various aspects have been described herein, many modifications, variations, substitutions, changes, and equivalents to those aspects may be implemented and will occur to those skilled in the art. Also, where materials are disclosed for certain components, other materials may be used. It is therefore to be understood that the foregoing description and the appended claims are intended to cover all such modifications and variations as falling within the scope of the disclosed aspects. The following claims are intended to cover all such modification and variations.